1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
69 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
71 #include "insn-config.h"
79 #include "dwarf2out.h"
80 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
86 #include "diagnostic.h"
89 #include "langhooks.h"
94 #include "tree-pass.h"
96 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
99 static rtx last_var_location_insn;
102 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
103 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
105 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
106 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
107 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
108 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
109 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
110 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
111 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
114 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
115 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
118 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
119 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
120 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
121 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
123 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
127 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
128 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
129 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
130 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
131 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
134 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
135 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0;
137 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
141 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
143 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
144 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
145 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
146 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
148 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO || saved_do_cfi_asm
149 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
151 && (flag_unwind_tables
152 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
157 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
160 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
164 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
167 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
169 if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
171 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE)
174 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
175 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
176 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
177 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
179 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
180 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
183 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE)
185 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
188 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
193 saved_do_cfi_asm = true;
197 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
199 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
202 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
203 must be kept around forever. */
204 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
206 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
207 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
208 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
210 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
212 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
213 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
214 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
215 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
216 define type declaration DIE's. */
217 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
219 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
220 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
221 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
222 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
223 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
224 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
225 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
226 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
227 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
228 static GTY(()) section *debug_dcall_section;
229 static GTY(()) section *debug_vcall_section;
230 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
231 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
232 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
234 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
236 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
238 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
239 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
240 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
243 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
245 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
247 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
248 Information instructions. The register number, offset
249 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
250 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
252 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
254 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
260 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct {
261 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
262 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
263 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
264 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
268 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct {
269 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
270 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
271 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
273 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
278 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
279 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
280 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
281 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
282 of this structure. */
283 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc {
284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
285 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
287 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
288 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
291 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
292 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
293 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
294 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
295 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
297 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct {
299 const char *dw_fde_begin;
300 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
301 const char *dw_fde_end;
302 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
303 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
304 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
305 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
306 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
307 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
308 unsigned funcdef_number;
309 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment;
310 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
311 unsigned int drap_reg;
312 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
313 unsigned int vdrap_reg;
314 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
315 unsigned nothrow : 1;
316 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
317 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
318 unsigned stack_realign : 1;
319 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
320 unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1;
321 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
322 unsigned in_std_section : 1;
323 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
324 cold_text_section. */
325 unsigned cold_in_std_section : 1;
326 /* True iff switched sections. */
327 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections : 1;
328 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
329 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot : 1;
333 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
334 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
336 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
337 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
338 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
339 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
341 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
342 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
345 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
346 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
347 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
350 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
351 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
354 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
356 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
357 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
360 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
361 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
362 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
365 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
366 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
368 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
369 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
372 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
373 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
374 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
376 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
377 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
378 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
379 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
381 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
385 /* CIE identifier. */
386 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
387 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
388 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
390 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
393 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
394 information for each routine. */
395 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
397 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
398 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
400 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
401 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
403 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
405 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
407 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
409 static inline dw_fde_ref
412 return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL;
415 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
416 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
418 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
419 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
420 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
421 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
422 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
423 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
426 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
428 unsigned int refcount;
429 enum dwarf_form form;
433 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
435 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
437 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false;
439 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
440 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
442 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
443 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
445 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
447 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
448 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
450 /* The default cold text section. */
451 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
453 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
455 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
457 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
458 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
459 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
460 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
461 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
462 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *);
463 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
464 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
465 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
466 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
468 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
470 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
471 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref);
472 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
473 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
474 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
475 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx);
476 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
478 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
479 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
480 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref);
481 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
482 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
483 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
484 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
485 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc
486 (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT);
487 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
489 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
490 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
491 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
494 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
495 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
496 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
498 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
499 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
502 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
503 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
506 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
507 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
510 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
511 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
513 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
514 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
515 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
516 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
517 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
518 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
519 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
520 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
521 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
522 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
524 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
525 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
527 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
529 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
531 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
535 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
536 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
537 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
538 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
541 /* Hook used by __throw. */
544 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
546 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
547 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
550 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
551 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
554 stripattributes (const char *s)
556 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
561 while (*s && *s != ',')
568 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
569 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
572 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
574 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
575 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
576 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
579 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
581 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
582 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
584 HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
585 gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off);
589 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
590 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
593 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
595 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0;
598 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
601 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
604 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
605 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
606 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
607 bool wrote_return_column = false;
609 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
611 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
613 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
615 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
616 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
619 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
620 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
621 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
623 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
625 wrote_return_column = true;
627 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
631 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
632 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
636 if (!wrote_return_column)
637 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
639 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
640 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
643 targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
646 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
649 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
653 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
654 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
656 return "DW_CFA_offset";
658 return "DW_CFA_restore";
662 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
663 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
664 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
665 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
666 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
667 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
668 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
669 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
670 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
671 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
672 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
673 case DW_CFA_undefined:
674 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
675 case DW_CFA_same_value:
676 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
677 case DW_CFA_register:
678 return "DW_CFA_register";
679 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
680 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
681 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
682 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
684 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
685 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
686 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
687 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
688 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
691 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
692 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
693 case DW_CFA_expression:
694 return "DW_CFA_expression";
695 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
696 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
697 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
698 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
699 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
700 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
702 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
703 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
704 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
707 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
708 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
709 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
710 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
711 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
712 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
715 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
719 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
721 static inline dw_cfi_ref
724 dw_cfi_ref cfi = GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node);
726 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
727 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
728 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
733 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
736 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
739 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
741 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
742 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
743 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
744 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
745 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
746 if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
747 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
751 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
753 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
760 /* Find the end of the chain. */
761 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
767 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
768 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
771 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force)
773 static char label[20];
775 if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
777 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
778 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
780 strcpy (label, "<do not output>");
784 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
785 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
791 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
792 static bool emit_cfa_remember;
794 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
795 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
798 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
800 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
802 if (emit_cfa_remember)
804 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember;
806 /* Emit the state save. */
807 emit_cfa_remember = false;
808 cfi_remember = new_cfi ();
809 cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state;
810 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember);
813 list_head = &cie_cfi_head;
815 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
819 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
821 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
823 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
824 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
825 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
826 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
827 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
828 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
829 if (dwarf_version == 2
830 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
831 && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
832 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG))
834 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
836 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
838 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
841 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
842 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
843 if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0)
844 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
846 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
847 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
851 label = xstrdup (label);
853 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
855 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
856 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
857 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
858 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
859 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc;
860 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
861 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
862 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
870 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
872 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
874 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
875 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
876 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
877 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
878 sure how to address this for now. */
882 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
884 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
887 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
889 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
890 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
894 label = xstrdup (label);
896 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
898 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
899 set the location directly using set_loc. */
900 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
901 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
903 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
904 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
906 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
909 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
912 add_cfi (list_head, cfi);
915 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
918 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember)
920 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
924 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
927 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
930 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
931 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
932 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
934 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
935 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
938 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
939 gcc_assert (!remember->in_use);
941 remember->in_use = 1;
943 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
944 gcc_assert (remember->in_use);
946 remember->in_use = 0;
954 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
957 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
961 dw_cfa_location remember;
963 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
964 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
967 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
968 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
970 fde = current_fde ();
972 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
973 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
976 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
977 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
979 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
981 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
983 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
984 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember;
986 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
987 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
989 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
990 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
992 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
993 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
994 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
997 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1001 loc.base_offset = 0;
1003 loc.offset = offset;
1004 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
1007 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1010 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
1012 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
1013 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
1014 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
1015 && (loc1->indirect == 0
1016 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
1019 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1020 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1023 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
1026 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
1031 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
1032 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
1034 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
1035 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
1037 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1038 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
1043 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
1045 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1046 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1047 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1048 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1050 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
1052 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
1053 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1056 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1057 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
1058 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
1061 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1062 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1063 offset has not changed. */
1064 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
1065 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1069 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
1071 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1072 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1073 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1074 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1077 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
1079 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
1080 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1081 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1085 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1086 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1087 register-offset pair is available. */
1088 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
1090 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
1091 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
1092 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
1095 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1098 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1099 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1100 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1101 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1104 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1106 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1107 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
1109 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1111 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1114 && fde->stack_realign
1115 && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1117 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
1118 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1119 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc
1120 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment);
1122 else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1124 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset))
1125 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
1126 else if (reg & ~0x3f)
1127 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
1129 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
1130 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
1132 else if (sreg == reg)
1133 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
1136 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
1137 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
1140 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1143 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1144 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1145 from the previous frame's window save area.
1147 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1148 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1151 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
1153 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1155 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
1156 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1159 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1160 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1163 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1165 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1168 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1169 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1172 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1174 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1177 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1178 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1181 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
1183 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
1186 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1187 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1188 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1191 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
1193 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1194 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1196 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1199 /* RA is in a register. */
1200 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
1204 /* RA is on the stack. */
1205 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1206 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1209 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1214 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1215 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1219 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1220 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1230 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1231 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1232 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1233 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
1234 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1241 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1242 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1246 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1249 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1250 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1251 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset)
1253 const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1254 const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1255 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1258 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1260 code = GET_CODE (src);
1262 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1264 if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx)
1266 offset = -cur_args_size;
1267 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1270 return offset - cur_offset;
1273 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1274 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1275 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
1278 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1279 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1285 if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest))
1289 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1290 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1291 code = GET_CODE (src);
1297 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1299 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1300 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1301 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1302 && CONST_INT_P (val));
1303 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1310 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1312 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1319 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1321 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1336 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1337 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1339 static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size;
1341 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1343 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1344 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1345 VEC (rtx, heap) **next)
1347 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1350 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1352 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1354 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1355 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0);
1356 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1357 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1359 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1361 for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1362 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1363 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1364 cur_args_size, offset);
1369 rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1373 expr = XEXP (expr, 0);
1374 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1375 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1376 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++)
1378 rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i);
1380 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
1381 offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset);
1386 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1390 cur_args_size += offset;
1391 if (cur_args_size < 0)
1396 rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
1400 if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0)
1402 barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size;
1403 VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest);
1408 return cur_args_size;
1411 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1414 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1416 int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i;
1418 VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp;
1420 barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid);
1421 for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++)
1422 barrier_args_size[i] = -1;
1424 worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1425 next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1426 insn = get_insns ();
1427 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0;
1428 VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn);
1431 while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist))
1433 rtx prev, body, first_insn;
1434 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size;
1436 first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist);
1437 cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1438 prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
1439 if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev))
1440 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size;
1442 for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1444 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn))
1446 if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1451 if (insn == first_insn)
1453 else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0)
1455 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size;
1460 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1461 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1466 body = PATTERN (insn);
1467 if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE)
1469 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size;
1470 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
1471 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))
1472 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
1474 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1475 dest_args_size, &next);
1478 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1479 cur_args_size, &next);
1481 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)))
1482 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1483 dest_args_size, &next);
1486 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1487 cur_args_size, &next);
1491 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next);
1495 if (VEC_empty (rtx, next))
1498 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1502 VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0);
1505 VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist);
1506 VEC_free (rtx, heap, next);
1509 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1510 pushed onto the stack. */
1513 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1517 if (size == old_args_size)
1520 old_args_size = size;
1523 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
1524 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
1525 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1528 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1531 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label)
1533 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1534 cfa.offset += offset;
1536 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1537 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1539 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1542 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1546 args_size += offset;
1550 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1551 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1552 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1555 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1556 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1557 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1560 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1562 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1566 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1567 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1568 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1569 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1570 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1573 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1574 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1575 shouldn't change at all. */
1577 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0))
1578 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn))
1581 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1582 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1583 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1585 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1587 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1588 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1589 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1590 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1591 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1592 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1593 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1594 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1599 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1601 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1602 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1605 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1607 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1608 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1609 if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn))
1610 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1611 if (barrier_args_size == NULL)
1615 offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1620 offset -= args_size;
1621 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1625 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1626 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0);
1627 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1628 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1630 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1632 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1633 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1634 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1643 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1644 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
1649 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1650 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1651 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1653 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save {
1654 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1656 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1660 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1662 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1663 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data {
1668 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1669 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1670 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1671 more efficient data structure. */
1672 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1673 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1675 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1676 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1678 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1679 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1682 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1684 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1686 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1687 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1689 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1690 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1695 q = GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save);
1696 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1697 queued_reg_saves = q;
1701 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1702 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1704 last_reg_save_label = label;
1707 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1710 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1712 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1714 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1717 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1719 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1720 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1722 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1724 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1725 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1727 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1729 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1730 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1733 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1735 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1737 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1738 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1741 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1742 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1745 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1746 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1747 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1748 have a new location for? */
1751 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn)
1753 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1755 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1758 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1760 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1761 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1762 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1769 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1772 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1775 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1777 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1778 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1780 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1782 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1783 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1785 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1786 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1788 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1789 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1790 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1793 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1796 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1798 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1800 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1802 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1803 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1806 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1807 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1808 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1809 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1815 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1816 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1817 value, not an offset. */
1818 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1820 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1823 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1825 memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa));
1827 switch (GET_CODE (pat))
1830 cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0));
1831 cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
1835 cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
1839 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1843 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1846 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1849 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1853 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
1854 dest = XEXP (pat, 0);
1855 src = XEXP (pat, 1);
1857 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1860 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1861 cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1871 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1872 gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0);
1874 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1877 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1880 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label)
1882 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1883 rtx src, addr, span;
1885 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1886 addr = XEXP (set, 0);
1887 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr));
1888 addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
1890 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1891 switch (GET_CODE (addr))
1894 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg);
1895 offset = -cfa.offset;
1898 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1899 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset;
1905 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
1907 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1908 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1910 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1913 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1914 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1917 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
1919 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
1921 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
1922 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1924 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
1926 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)),
1927 INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset);
1928 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
1933 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1936 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label)
1939 unsigned sregno, dregno;
1941 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1942 dest = XEXP (set, 0);
1945 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
1947 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
1949 dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
1951 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1952 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1953 reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0);
1956 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1959 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label)
1961 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1962 unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1964 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore);
1965 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno;
1967 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1970 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1971 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1972 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1973 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1975 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1976 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1977 users need not read the source code.
1979 The High-Level Picture
1981 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1982 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1983 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1984 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1985 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1987 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1988 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1989 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1990 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1991 saves. This also seems to work.
1993 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1994 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1995 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1996 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1997 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1998 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1999 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2000 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2001 value as in the caller.
2003 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2004 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2005 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2006 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2008 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2011 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2013 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2014 consists of a register and an offset.
2015 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2016 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2017 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2018 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2019 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2020 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2021 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2023 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2024 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2025 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2028 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2029 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2030 and cfa_temp.offset.
2032 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2035 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2036 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2037 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2039 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2040 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2041 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2042 register instead of CFA+offset.
2046 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2047 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2050 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2051 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2052 cfa.offset unchanged
2053 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2054 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2057 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2058 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2059 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2060 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2061 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2062 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2065 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2066 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2067 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2070 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2071 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2073 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2074 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2075 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2078 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2079 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2081 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2082 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2085 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2086 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2087 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2090 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2091 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2092 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2095 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2099 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2100 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2101 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2104 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2105 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2106 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2108 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2111 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2112 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2113 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2115 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2118 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2121 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2122 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2125 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2126 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2127 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2130 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2131 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2132 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2133 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2136 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2137 effects: target-dependent
2140 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2141 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2142 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2143 cfa_store.offset = 0
2144 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2147 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2148 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2151 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2152 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2153 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2154 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2157 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2158 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2160 && cfa.indirect == 0
2161 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2162 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2163 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2166 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
2168 rtx src, dest, span;
2169 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
2172 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2173 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2174 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2175 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2176 flag is set in them. */
2177 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2180 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
2183 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2184 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2185 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2186 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2187 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2188 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
2189 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2191 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2192 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2193 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
2194 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2195 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2198 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2200 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2201 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2202 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2203 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2204 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2205 else if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2207 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
2209 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2210 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2211 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0);
2214 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
2220 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
2222 src = SET_SRC (expr);
2223 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
2227 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
2232 fde = current_fde ();
2234 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
2237 switch (GET_CODE (src))
2239 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2241 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
2244 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2245 relative to the current CFA register.
2247 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2248 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2249 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2250 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2251 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2252 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2253 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2257 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2258 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
2259 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2260 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
2261 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
2263 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2264 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2265 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2266 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2268 && fde->stack_realign
2269 && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2270 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2271 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
2272 && cfa.reg != REGNO (src));
2274 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
2281 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
2285 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
2288 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2291 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
2293 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
2299 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2301 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2302 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2303 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2305 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
2306 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2309 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
2311 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2313 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2314 cfa.offset += offset;
2315 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2316 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2318 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2321 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2322 or adjusting the FP */
2323 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
2325 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2326 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2327 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2328 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2329 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2331 cfa.offset += offset;
2332 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2336 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
2339 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2340 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2341 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2343 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2344 into the FP later on. */
2345 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2346 cfa.offset += offset;
2347 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2348 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2349 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2350 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2354 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2355 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2356 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2358 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2359 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2360 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2361 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
2362 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
2366 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
2367 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2369 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2370 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2379 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2380 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
2385 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2386 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2387 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2389 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
2390 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2391 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2394 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2395 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2402 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2403 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
2404 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
2409 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2410 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2412 if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2414 gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)));
2415 fde->stack_realign = 1;
2416 fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2417 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2419 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2420 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2421 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg;
2429 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2434 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2436 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
2441 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2442 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
2444 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
2446 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2447 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2449 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2450 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2451 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2453 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2459 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2460 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
2463 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))
2464 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2465 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2467 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2469 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2470 reference to represent the address of the stored
2473 && fde->stack_realign
2474 && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2476 gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2477 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2480 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2481 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2483 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2487 /* With an offset. */
2494 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1))
2495 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2496 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
2497 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
2500 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
2502 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2503 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
2506 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2507 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
2513 /* Without an offset. */
2516 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
2518 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2519 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2522 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2523 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2530 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
2531 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2532 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2533 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2541 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2542 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2543 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2547 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2548 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2549 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
2551 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2553 if (cfa.offset == 0)
2556 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2557 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2558 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2559 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2562 && fde->stack_realign
2563 && cfa.indirect == 0
2564 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2566 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp;
2568 gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg);
2570 cfa_exp.indirect = 1;
2571 cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2572 cfa_exp.base_offset = offset;
2575 fde->drap_reg_saved = 1;
2577 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp);
2581 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2582 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2584 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2585 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
2590 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2591 calculate the CFA. */
2592 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
2596 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
2598 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
2599 cfa.base_offset = offset;
2601 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2606 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2608 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
2611 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
2614 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2615 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2619 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
2621 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
2623 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
2624 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2626 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
2628 queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset);
2629 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
2640 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2641 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2642 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2644 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2645 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2648 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
2652 bool handled_one = false;
2654 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
2658 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2659 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2661 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2664 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
2666 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2669 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
2671 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
2673 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
2674 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
2676 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
2678 if (barrier_args_size)
2680 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size);
2681 barrier_args_size = NULL;
2686 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
2687 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2689 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
2691 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2692 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2693 is still used to save registers. */
2694 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
2695 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
2699 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2701 for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
2702 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
2704 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR:
2705 insn = XEXP (note, 0);
2708 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA:
2709 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label);
2713 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA:
2718 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2719 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2721 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label);
2725 case REG_CFA_OFFSET:
2728 n = single_set (insn);
2729 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label);
2733 case REG_CFA_REGISTER:
2738 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2739 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2741 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label);
2745 case REG_CFA_RESTORE:
2750 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2751 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2754 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label);
2758 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP:
2762 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
2765 gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM);
2767 fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (n);
2779 insn = PATTERN (insn);
2781 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
2784 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2785 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2786 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2787 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2790 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn)
2792 bool saw_frp = false;
2795 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2796 frame related insns. */
2797 for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
2802 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2803 if (returnjump_p (i))
2805 if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i))
2808 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE)
2811 rtx seq = PATTERN (i);
2813 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2815 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))
2816 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2819 for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++)
2820 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx)))
2824 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i))
2828 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2829 save/restore pair. */
2833 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2834 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2835 gcc_assert (i != NULL);
2836 i = next_real_insn (i);
2840 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2841 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2842 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2843 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2846 rtx p = PREV_INSN (i);
2849 if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
2853 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i);
2855 emit_cfa_remember = true;
2857 /* And emulate the state save. */
2858 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use);
2860 cfa_remember.in_use = 1;
2863 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2866 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2868 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
2869 const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2871 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state;
2872 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2874 gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use);
2876 cfa_remember.in_use = 0;
2881 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2882 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2883 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2885 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2886 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2891 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2892 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
2893 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
2894 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2896 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2897 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2898 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2899 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2900 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2901 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
2904 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2905 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2906 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2907 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2908 case DW_CFA_restore:
2909 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2910 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2911 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2912 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2913 case DW_CFA_register:
2914 case DW_CFA_expression:
2915 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2917 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2918 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2919 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2920 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2923 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2930 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2931 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2932 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2934 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2935 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2939 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2940 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2942 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2943 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2944 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2946 case DW_CFA_register:
2947 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2949 case DW_CFA_expression:
2950 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2953 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2957 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2959 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2960 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2961 for collect2 the first time around. */
2964 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
2968 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2969 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2973 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2979 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2981 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2983 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2985 flags = ((! flag_pic
2986 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2987 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2988 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2989 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2990 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2991 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
2992 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
2995 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2996 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
3000 if (eh_frame_section)
3001 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
3004 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3005 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3006 switch_to_section (data_section);
3010 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
3011 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3012 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
3013 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3014 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3019 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3023 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
3026 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
3029 if (!debug_frame_section)
3030 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
3031 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
3032 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
3036 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3039 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
3044 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
3045 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
3046 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
3047 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
3048 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
3049 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset));
3050 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
3052 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3054 "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r);
3055 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3056 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3058 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
3060 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3061 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3062 "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r);
3066 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
3067 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
3069 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3071 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3073 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3074 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3075 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
3078 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3079 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
3080 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3083 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3084 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3085 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3086 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3089 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3090 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3091 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3092 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3095 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3096 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3097 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3098 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3101 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3102 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3103 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3104 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3107 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3108 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3109 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3110 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3111 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3114 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3115 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3116 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3117 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3120 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3121 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3122 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3123 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3124 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3127 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3128 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3129 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3130 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3131 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3134 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3135 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3136 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3137 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3138 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3139 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3142 case DW_CFA_register:
3143 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3144 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3145 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3146 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3149 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3150 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3151 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3154 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3155 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3156 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3159 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3162 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3163 case DW_CFA_expression:
3164 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
3167 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3168 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3177 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3180 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3182 unsigned long r, r2;
3184 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3186 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3187 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3188 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3189 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3190 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3191 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3192 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3193 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3194 going to take care of this for us. */
3198 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3199 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3200 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3201 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3202 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3205 case DW_CFA_restore:
3206 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3207 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3208 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r);
3211 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3212 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3213 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r);
3216 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3217 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3218 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r);
3221 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3222 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3223 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3224 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3225 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3228 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3229 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3230 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r);
3233 case DW_CFA_register:
3234 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3235 r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3236 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2);
3239 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3240 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3241 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3242 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3243 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3246 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3247 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3249 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
3250 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3253 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3254 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size);
3255 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3257 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
3258 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3259 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3262 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3263 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3266 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3267 case DW_CFA_expression:
3268 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
3269 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi);
3270 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3278 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref);
3279 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap);
3281 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3282 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3283 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3284 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3287 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi, bool do_cfi_asm, dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh)
3289 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf;
3291 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3292 VEC (dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32);
3293 unsigned int len, idx;
3295 for (;; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3296 switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop)
3298 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3299 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3300 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3301 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3302 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3303 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3304 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3306 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3308 dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size;
3310 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3311 .cfi_restore_state. */
3312 for (cfi2 = cfi->dw_cfi_next; cfi2; cfi2 = cfi2->dw_cfi_next)
3313 if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state)
3315 else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size)
3318 gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state);
3325 cfi_args_size = args_size;
3329 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3330 cfi_args_size = cfi;
3332 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3335 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3336 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3337 case DW_CFA_restore:
3338 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3339 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3340 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3341 case DW_CFA_register:
3342 case DW_CFA_val_offset:
3343 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf:
3344 case DW_CFA_expression:
3345 case DW_CFA_val_expression:
3346 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3347 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs) <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num)
3348 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs,
3349 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1);
3350 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, cfi);
3352 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3353 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3354 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3356 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3358 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3361 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3362 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3363 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3366 gcc_assert (cfi == NULL);
3368 len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs);
3369 for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++)
3371 cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL);
3373 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore
3374 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended)
3377 output_cfi_directive (cfi2);
3379 output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh);
3382 if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa)
3384 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression);
3386 switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc)
3388 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3389 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
3390 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3392 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3393 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
3394 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3396 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3397 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3398 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc;
3399 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2;
3406 else if (cfi_cfa_offset)
3407 cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset;
3411 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa);
3413 output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh);
3416 cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3418 && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)
3421 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size);
3423 output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh);
3425 cfi_args_size = NULL;
3428 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs);
3431 else if (do_cfi_asm)
3432 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
3434 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3441 /* Output one FDE. */
3444 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
3445 char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
3446 bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
3448 const char *begin, *end;
3449 static unsigned int j;
3450 char l1[20], l2[20];
3453 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
3455 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
3457 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3458 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3459 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3460 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3461 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3462 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3464 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3467 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
3469 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
3470 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
3472 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3474 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3475 end = fde->dw_fde_end;
3479 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3480 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3481 might be separated from the real start of the
3482 function by alignment padding. */
3484 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3485 else if (fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3486 begin = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label;
3488 begin = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
3489 if (second ^ fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3490 end = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
3492 end = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
3497 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
3498 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3499 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
3500 "FDE initial location");
3501 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
3502 end, begin, "FDE address range");
3506 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
3507 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
3510 if (augmentation[0])
3512 if (any_lsda_needed)
3514 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
3516 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3518 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3519 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3520 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
3521 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3522 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3525 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
3528 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
3530 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3532 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3533 fde->funcdef_number);
3534 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
3535 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
3537 "Language Specific Data Area");
3541 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3542 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3543 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
3544 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3548 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3551 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3553 fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
3554 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3555 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3556 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3559 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3560 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3562 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3563 if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3569 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
3571 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3573 cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next;
3574 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
3575 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, false, fde, for_eh);
3576 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = cfi_next;
3578 for (cfi = cfi_next; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3579 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3582 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3583 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3584 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3585 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3586 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3588 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3589 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3590 switch *back* into the table section. */
3591 switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
3592 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
3593 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
3596 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3597 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3598 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
3599 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3604 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3605 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3606 location of saved registers. */
3609 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
3614 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
3615 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
3616 char augmentation[6];
3617 int augmentation_size;
3618 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3619 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3620 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3622 rtx personality = NULL;
3625 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3626 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
3629 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3630 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3633 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3634 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
3635 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3636 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
3637 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3638 specialization doesn't. */
3639 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3640 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3643 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3644 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3645 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
3646 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3647 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
3648 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
3650 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3651 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
3652 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3653 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
3656 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
3658 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3659 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
3660 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
3661 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3662 any_eh_needed = true;
3663 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
3664 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3665 any_eh_needed = true;
3667 if (! any_eh_needed)
3671 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3675 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3676 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
3678 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
3679 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
3681 /* Output the CIE. */
3682 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
3683 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
3684 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3685 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3686 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3687 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3688 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3689 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3691 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3692 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3693 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
3694 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
3695 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3697 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3698 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3699 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3700 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
3702 if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
3704 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
3706 augmentation[0] = 0;
3707 augmentation_size = 0;
3709 personality = current_unit_personality;
3715 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3716 augmentation section.
3717 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3718 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3719 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3721 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3722 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3724 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3725 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3726 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3728 p = augmentation + 1;
3732 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
3733 assemble_external_libcall (personality);
3735 if (any_lsda_needed)
3738 augmentation_size += 1;
3740 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3743 augmentation_size += 1;
3745 if (p > augmentation + 1)
3747 augmentation[0] = 'z';
3751 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3752 if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3754 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3756 + 1 /* CIE version */
3757 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3758 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3759 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
3761 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3762 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3763 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3765 augmentation_size += pad;
3767 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3768 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3769 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
3773 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3774 if (dw_cie_version >= 4)
3776 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "CIE Address Size");
3777 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
3779 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3780 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
3781 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3783 if (dw_cie_version == 1)
3784 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3786 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3788 if (augmentation[0])
3790 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
3793 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
3794 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
3795 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
3800 if (any_lsda_needed)
3801 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3802 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
3804 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3805 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3806 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
3809 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3810 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
3812 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3813 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3814 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
3815 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3817 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3818 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3821 fde = &fde_table[i];
3823 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3824 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
3825 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3826 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3827 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3830 for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections ? 2 : 1); k++)
3831 output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
3832 augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
3835 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
3836 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3837 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3838 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3839 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3840 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
3843 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3848 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3851 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
3855 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3857 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3861 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3864 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3865 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3866 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3867 of the weirder relocation types. */
3868 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3869 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3871 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc);
3872 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3873 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3876 if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
3880 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3881 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3882 current_function_funcdef_no);
3883 ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
3884 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3886 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3887 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3889 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc);
3890 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3891 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3895 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3899 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3900 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3902 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3907 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
3909 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3910 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3911 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3913 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
3914 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3917 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3921 fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
3922 switch_to_section (fnsec);
3923 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3924 current_function_funcdef_no);
3925 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3926 current_function_funcdef_no);
3927 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
3928 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
3930 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3931 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3932 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3936 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3937 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
3939 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
3940 fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated);
3941 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
3942 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
3945 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3946 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
3948 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3949 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
3950 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
3951 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
3952 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
3953 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
3954 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
3955 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
3956 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
3957 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 0;
3958 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = 0;
3959 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
3960 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
3961 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = NULL;
3962 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
3963 fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
3964 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
3965 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
3966 fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3967 fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3968 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
3970 section *unlikelysec;
3971 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
3972 fde->in_std_section = 1;
3975 = (fnsec == text_section
3976 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3977 unlikelysec = unlikely_text_section ();
3978 fde->cold_in_std_section
3979 = (unlikelysec == text_section
3980 || (cold_text_section && unlikelysec == cold_text_section));
3985 = (fnsec == text_section
3986 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3987 fde->cold_in_std_section = 0;
3990 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
3992 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3993 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3994 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3996 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
3999 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4000 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4003 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
4004 if (!current_unit_personality)
4005 current_unit_personality = personality;
4007 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4008 asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current
4009 function anymore. */
4011 && current_unit_personality != personality)
4012 sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4013 "supporting .cfi.personality directive.");
4017 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4018 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4022 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4023 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4026 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4028 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4029 last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
4032 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4033 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4035 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4037 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
4038 current_function_funcdef_no);
4039 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
4040 fde = current_fde ();
4041 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
4042 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
4046 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4048 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4049 fde_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
4050 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4051 fde_table_in_use = 0;
4053 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4054 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4056 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4057 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
4059 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4060 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4061 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
4066 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4068 /* Output call frame information. */
4069 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4070 output_call_frame_info (0);
4072 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4073 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4074 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
4075 output_call_frame_info (1);
4079 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4082 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4084 section *sec = current_function_section ();
4085 if (sec == text_section)
4086 text_section_used = true;
4087 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
4088 cold_text_section_used = true;
4092 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4094 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
4096 gcc_assert (cfun && fde && !fde->dw_fde_switched_sections);
4098 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 1;
4099 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = !in_cold_section_p;
4101 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
4102 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
4103 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
4104 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
4105 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
4107 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4108 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4109 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
4111 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4112 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
4113 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4115 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4116 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4118 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4119 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4121 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4123 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4124 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4126 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true);
4130 dw_cfi_ref cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4132 cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4134 while (cfi->dw_cfi_next != NULL)
4135 cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next;
4136 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = cfi;
4141 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4142 for emitting location expressions. */
4144 /* Data about a single source file. */
4145 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data {
4146 const char * filename;
4150 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
4151 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
4152 typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
4153 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
4154 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
4156 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4160 } deferred_locations;
4162 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations);
4163 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc);
4165 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list;
4167 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
4168 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
4170 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4171 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4172 implementation are listed below. */
4177 dw_val_class_offset,
4179 dw_val_class_loc_list,
4180 dw_val_class_range_list,
4182 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
4183 dw_val_class_const_double,
4186 dw_val_class_die_ref,
4187 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
4188 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
4189 dw_val_class_lineptr,
4191 dw_val_class_macptr,
4196 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4198 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct {
4199 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
4205 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4206 represented internally. */
4208 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct {
4209 enum dw_val_class val_class;
4210 union dw_val_struct_union
4212 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
4213 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
4214 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
4215 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
4216 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
4217 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
4218 double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double;
4219 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
4220 struct dw_val_die_union
4224 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
4225 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
4226 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
4227 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
4228 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
4229 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
4230 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8];
4232 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
4236 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4239 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct {
4240 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
4241 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8;
4242 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4243 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4244 unsigned int dtprel : 1;
4246 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
4247 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
4251 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4252 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4253 their entire life. */
4254 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
4255 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
4256 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
4257 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
4258 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4259 Only on head of list */
4260 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4261 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
4264 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4266 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4268 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4271 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
4276 return "DW_OP_addr";
4278 return "DW_OP_deref";
4280 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4282 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4284 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4286 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4288 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4290 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4292 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4294 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4296 return "DW_OP_constu";
4298 return "DW_OP_consts";
4302 return "DW_OP_drop";
4304 return "DW_OP_over";
4306 return "DW_OP_pick";
4308 return "DW_OP_swap";
4312 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4320 return "DW_OP_minus";
4332 return "DW_OP_plus";
4333 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4334 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4340 return "DW_OP_shra";
4358 return "DW_OP_skip";
4360 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4362 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4364 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4366 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4368 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4370 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4372 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4374 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4376 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4378 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4380 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4382 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4384 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4386 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4388 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4390 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4392 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4394 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4396 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4398 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4400 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4402 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4404 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4406 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4408 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4410 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4412 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4414 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4416 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4418 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4420 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4422 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4424 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4426 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4428 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4430 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4432 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4434 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4436 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4438 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4440 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4442 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4444 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4446 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4448 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4450 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4452 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4454 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4456 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4458 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4460 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4462 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4464 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4466 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4468 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4470 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4472 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4474 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4476 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4478 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4480 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4482 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4484 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4486 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4488 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4490 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4492 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4494 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4496 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4498 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4500 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4502 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4504 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4506 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4508 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4510 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4512 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4514 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4516 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4518 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4520 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4522 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4524 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4526 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4528 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4530 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4532 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4534 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4536 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4538 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4540 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4542 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4544 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4546 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4548 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4550 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4552 return "DW_OP_regx";
4554 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4556 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4558 return "DW_OP_piece";
4559 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4560 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4561 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4562 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4566 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
4567 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4569 return "DW_OP_call2";
4571 return "DW_OP_call4";
4572 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4573 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4574 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4575 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4576 case DW_OP_stack_value:
4577 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4578 case DW_OP_form_tls_address:
4579 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4580 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa:
4581 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4582 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4583 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4585 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
4586 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4587 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
4588 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4589 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr:
4590 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4593 return "OP_<unknown>";
4597 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4598 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4599 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4601 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4602 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
4603 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
4605 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
4607 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
4608 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4609 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
4610 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4611 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
4616 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4619 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4620 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4623 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
4626 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
4629 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4632 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
4634 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
4636 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4637 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
4643 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4646 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4648 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4651 gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
4656 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4657 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
4661 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
4662 || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
4663 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
4664 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
4665 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
4667 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4668 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4670 && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
4671 || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
4674 else if (offset > 0)
4675 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
4679 loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (offset);
4680 add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
4684 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4685 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4688 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4691 for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
4692 loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
4696 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4698 static unsigned long
4699 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4701 unsigned long size = 1;
4703 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4706 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4725 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4728 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4733 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4734 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4772 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4775 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4778 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4781 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4782 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
4785 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4787 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4788 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4797 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4798 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4800 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4801 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
4802 + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
4811 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4813 static unsigned long
4814 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4819 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4820 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4821 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4823 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
4825 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4830 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4832 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
4833 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4839 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4840 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4843 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4846 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4848 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
4849 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
4851 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4853 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4856 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4860 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4864 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
4865 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4872 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
4873 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
4875 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
4878 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4879 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4880 switch (val2->val_class)
4882 case dw_val_class_const:
4883 dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
4885 case dw_val_class_vec:
4887 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
4888 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
4892 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
4897 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
4900 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
4901 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
4904 case dw_val_class_const_double:
4906 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
4908 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
4910 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
4911 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
4915 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
4916 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
4918 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4920 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4924 case dw_val_class_addr:
4925 gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
4926 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
4941 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4942 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4943 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4944 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4945 only doing unwinding. */
4950 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4953 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4956 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4959 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4961 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4962 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4996 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4999 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5002 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5005 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5006 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5009 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5011 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5012 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5013 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5019 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
5021 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
5024 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5031 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5032 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
5040 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5045 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5048 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5050 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5052 /* Output the opcode. */
5053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
5054 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
5056 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5057 output_loc_operands (loc);
5061 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5062 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5065 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5067 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5068 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5070 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5073 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5074 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5080 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5081 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5082 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5083 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
5088 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5089 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
5094 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5095 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
5100 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
5101 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5102 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
5110 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
5111 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
5113 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5114 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
5119 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5122 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5123 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5160 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5161 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
5165 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5166 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5167 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5168 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
5172 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5178 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5182 /* Output the opcode. */
5183 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x", loc->dw_loc_opc);
5184 output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
5186 if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
5188 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5190 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5194 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5195 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5198 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5200 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5203 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5205 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
5206 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5209 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5211 /* Output the size of the block. */
5212 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5213 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
5215 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5216 output_loc_sequence (loc);
5219 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5222 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5224 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5227 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5229 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x,", cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
5230 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5233 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5235 /* Output the size of the block. */
5236 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5237 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size);
5238 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5240 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5241 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc);
5244 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5245 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5248 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5249 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5251 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
5253 offset += cfa->offset;
5257 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
5258 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
5259 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
5260 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5263 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
5264 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5268 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
5273 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5274 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5277 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5278 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
5280 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
5281 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5282 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
5284 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5285 if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0)
5287 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
5288 add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
5289 add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
5290 loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
5293 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
5297 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5298 descriptor sequence. */
5301 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
5303 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
5305 cfa->base_offset = 0;
5309 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
5311 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
5347 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
5350 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5384 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
5385 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5388 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5389 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
5394 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5395 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
5398 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5399 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
5403 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5405 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5406 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5408 /* .debug_str support. */
5409 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5411 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5412 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5413 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5414 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5415 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5416 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5417 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5418 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree);
5419 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5420 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5421 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
5422 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
5423 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
5424 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
5425 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
5427 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
5428 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
5429 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree);
5430 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree, int);
5431 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx, rtx);
5432 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5433 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
5434 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
5436 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5438 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
5442 dwarf2out_assembly_start,
5445 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
5446 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
5447 dwarf2out_begin_block,
5448 dwarf2out_end_block,
5449 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
5450 dwarf2out_source_line,
5451 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
5452 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
5453 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
5454 dwarf2out_begin_function,
5455 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
5456 dwarf2out_function_decl, /* function_decl */
5457 dwarf2out_global_decl,
5458 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
5459 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
5460 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
5461 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5462 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5463 something tries to reference them. */
5464 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
5465 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
5466 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
5467 dwarf2out_var_location,
5468 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
5469 dwarf2out_direct_call,
5470 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token,
5471 dwarf2out_copy_call_info,
5472 dwarf2out_virtual_call,
5474 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5478 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5479 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5480 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5482 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5483 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5484 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5485 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5487 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5488 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5490 typedef long int dw_offset;
5492 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5494 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
5495 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
5496 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
5497 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
5498 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
5499 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
5500 typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
5502 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5503 line number associated with the label generated for that
5504 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5505 the line number entry. */
5507 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
5508 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5509 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5513 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5515 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct {
5516 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5517 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5518 unsigned long function;
5520 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
5522 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5523 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5524 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5526 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
5527 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
5528 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
5532 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
5533 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
5535 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5536 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5537 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5539 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct {
5540 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
5541 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5543 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
5544 comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
5546 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id;
5547 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
5548 dw_die_ref die_parent;
5549 dw_die_ref die_child;
5551 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5552 dw_offset die_offset;
5553 unsigned long die_abbrev;
5555 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5556 int die_perennial_p;
5557 unsigned int decl_id;
5561 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5562 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5563 c = die->die_child; \
5567 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5570 /* The pubname structure */
5572 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
5578 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
5579 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
5581 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
5582 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5583 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5587 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
5592 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5593 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5595 dw_die_ref root_die;
5596 dw_die_ref type_die;
5597 char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
5598 struct comdat_type_struct *next;
5602 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5603 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
5606 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
5610 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5614 struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
5616 skeleton_chain_node;
5618 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5619 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5620 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5623 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5624 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5626 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5627 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5628 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5629 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5630 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5631 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5633 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5634 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5635 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5636 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5637 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5638 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5639 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5640 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5641 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5642 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5644 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5645 language, and compiler version. */
5647 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5648 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5649 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5651 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5652 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5653 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5654 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5656 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5657 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5659 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5660 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5661 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5662 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5663 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5665 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5666 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5667 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5668 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5669 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5670 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5672 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5673 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5674 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5675 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5677 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5681 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5682 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5683 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5685 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5686 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5688 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5689 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5691 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5692 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5693 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5694 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5695 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5697 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
5698 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
5699 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
5702 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5703 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5704 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5705 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
5708 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5709 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
5711 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5712 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
5714 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5715 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
5717 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5718 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
5719 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
5721 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5722 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
5724 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5725 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5726 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
5728 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5729 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5730 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table;
5732 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
5737 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry);
5738 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc);
5740 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5741 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
5742 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
5743 const char * GTY (()) label;
5744 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
5747 /* Variable location list. */
5748 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def {
5749 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
5751 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
5752 it is marked through the chain. */
5753 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
5755 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5756 unsigned int decl_id;
5758 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
5761 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5762 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
5764 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5765 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5766 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5767 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5768 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
5770 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5771 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
5773 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5774 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5776 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5777 abbrev_die_table. */
5778 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5780 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5781 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5782 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5783 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
5785 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5786 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
5788 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5789 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
5791 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5792 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5793 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5794 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
5796 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5797 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
5799 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5800 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
5802 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5804 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5806 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5807 accessible names. */
5808 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
5810 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5811 accessible types. */
5812 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
5814 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5815 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
5817 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5818 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
5820 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5821 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
5823 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5825 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5827 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5828 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
5830 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5831 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
5833 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5834 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
5836 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5837 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5838 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
5840 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5841 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
5843 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5844 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
5846 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5848 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5850 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5851 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
5853 /* Unique label counter. */
5854 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
5856 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5857 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
5859 /* The direct call table structure. */
5861 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct {
5862 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5864 dw_die_ref targ_die;
5868 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry);
5869 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry, gc);
5871 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5873 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct {
5874 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5875 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5879 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry);
5880 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry, gc);
5882 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5883 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry, gc) * dcall_table = NULL;
5884 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry, gc) * vcall_table = NULL;
5886 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5888 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn {
5890 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5893 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn))) htab_t vcall_insn_table;
5895 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5896 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5897 static int current_function_has_inlines;
5899 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5900 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
5903 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5904 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
5906 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5907 static GTY(()) int label_num;
5909 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5910 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
5912 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
5914 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5916 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5917 within the current function. */
5918 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
5920 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5922 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
5923 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
5924 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
5925 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5926 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5927 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5928 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
5929 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
5930 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
5931 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
5932 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5933 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
5934 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
5935 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
5936 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5937 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
5938 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5939 HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5940 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
5941 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5942 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
5943 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5944 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5945 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5946 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
5947 static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
5948 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
5949 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5950 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
5951 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
5952 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
5953 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5954 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
5955 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
5956 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5958 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
5959 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
5960 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
5961 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5962 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5963 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5964 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5965 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5966 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5968 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
5969 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5970 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
5971 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
5972 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5973 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5974 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5975 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5976 static bool is_cxx (void);
5977 static bool is_fortran (void);
5978 static bool is_ada (void);
5979 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5980 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
5981 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5982 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
5983 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
5984 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5985 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
5986 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5987 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
5988 static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
5989 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5990 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
5991 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5992 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
5993 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5994 static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx);
5995 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
5996 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
5997 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
5998 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5999 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
6000 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6001 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6002 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6003 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6004 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6005 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6006 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
6007 struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6008 struct checksum_attributes;
6009 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
6010 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6011 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6012 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
6013 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
6014 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
6015 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
6016 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
6017 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6018 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
6019 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
6020 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
6021 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
6022 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
6023 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
6024 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
6025 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
6026 static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
6027 static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
6028 static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
6029 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6030 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
6031 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
6032 static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
6033 static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
6035 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
6036 static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6037 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6038 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
6040 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6041 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6042 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6043 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
6044 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
6045 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
6046 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
6047 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
6048 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6049 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
6050 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
6051 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6052 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6053 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
6054 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6055 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6056 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6057 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6058 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6059 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
6060 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
6061 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6062 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
6063 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
6064 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
6065 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
6066 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
6067 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
6068 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6069 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
6070 static void output_aranges (void);
6071 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6072 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
6073 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *,
6075 static void output_ranges (void);
6076 static void output_line_info (void);
6077 static void output_file_names (void);
6078 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
6079 static int is_base_type (tree);
6080 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6081 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6082 static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6083 static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6084 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
6085 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
6086 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
6087 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
6088 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6089 enum var_init_status);
6090 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6091 enum var_init_status);
6092 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
6093 enum var_init_status);
6094 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
6095 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *);
6096 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6097 enum var_init_status);
6098 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6099 enum var_init_status);
6100 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6101 enum var_init_status);
6102 static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int);
6103 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
6104 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
6105 static tree field_type (const_tree);
6106 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6107 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6108 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
6109 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
6110 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6112 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6113 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
6114 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6115 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
6116 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
6117 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
6118 enum dwarf_attribute);
6119 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6120 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
6121 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
6122 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
6123 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
6124 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
6125 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6126 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6127 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6128 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6129 static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6130 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6131 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6132 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6133 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
6134 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6135 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
6136 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6137 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6138 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6139 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6140 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6141 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
6142 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
6144 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
6146 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6147 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
6149 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6151 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6152 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6153 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
6154 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6155 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6156 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6157 static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6158 static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6159 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6160 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6161 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6162 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6163 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6164 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6165 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6166 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6167 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
6168 enum debug_info_usage);
6169 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6170 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6171 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6172 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6173 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6174 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
6175 static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
6176 static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6177 static void gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6178 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
6179 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
6180 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
6181 static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
6182 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
6183 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6184 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6185 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
6186 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6187 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6188 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
6189 const char *, const char *);
6190 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
6191 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6193 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6194 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
6195 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
6196 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
6197 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
6198 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6199 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
6200 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
6201 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6203 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6204 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6205 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6207 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6208 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6210 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6211 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6213 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6214 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6216 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6217 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6219 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6220 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6222 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6223 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6225 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6226 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6228 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6229 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6231 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6232 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6234 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6235 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6237 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6238 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6241 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6242 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6243 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6246 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6247 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6248 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6249 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6252 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6253 the section names themselves. */
6255 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6256 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6258 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6259 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6261 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6262 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6264 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6265 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6267 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6268 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6270 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6271 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6273 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6274 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6276 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6277 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6280 /* Mangled name attribute to use. This used to be a vendor extension
6281 until DWARF 4 standardized it. */
6282 #define AT_linkage_name \
6283 (dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_AT_linkage_name : DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name)
6286 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6287 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6288 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6289 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6290 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6292 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6293 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6294 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6295 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6296 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6297 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6298 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6299 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6300 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6301 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6303 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6304 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6306 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6307 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6309 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6310 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6312 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6313 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6315 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6316 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6318 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6319 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6323 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6324 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6326 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
6329 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
6331 demangle_name_func = func;
6334 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6337 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
6339 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6340 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
6341 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
6344 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6348 type_main_variant (tree type)
6350 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6352 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6353 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6354 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6355 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6357 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
6358 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
6359 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6364 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6367 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
6369 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
6371 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
6372 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
6375 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6378 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
6382 case DW_TAG_padding:
6383 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6384 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6385 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6386 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6387 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6388 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
6389 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6390 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6391 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6392 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
6393 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6394 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
6395 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6397 return "DW_TAG_label";
6398 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
6399 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6401 return "DW_TAG_member";
6402 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6403 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6404 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6405 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6406 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
6407 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6408 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6409 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6410 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6411 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6412 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6413 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6414 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6415 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6416 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6417 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6418 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
6419 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6420 case DW_TAG_variant:
6421 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6422 case DW_TAG_common_block:
6423 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6424 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
6425 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6426 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
6427 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6428 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
6429 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6431 return "DW_TAG_module";
6432 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6433 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6434 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6435 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6436 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6437 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6438 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
6439 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6440 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
6441 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6442 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6443 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6444 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
6445 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6446 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6447 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6448 case DW_TAG_constant:
6449 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6450 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
6451 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6452 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6453 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6455 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6456 case DW_TAG_namelist:
6457 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6458 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
6459 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6460 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6461 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6462 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
6463 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6464 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
6465 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6466 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
6467 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6468 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
6469 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6470 case DW_TAG_try_block:
6471 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6472 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
6473 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6474 case DW_TAG_variable:
6475 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6476 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6477 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6478 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
6479 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6480 case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
6481 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6482 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6483 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6484 case DW_TAG_namespace:
6485 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6486 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
6487 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6488 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
6489 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6490 case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
6491 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6492 case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
6493 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6494 case DW_TAG_condition:
6495 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6496 case DW_TAG_shared_type:
6497 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6498 case DW_TAG_type_unit:
6499 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6500 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6501 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6502 case DW_TAG_template_alias:
6503 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6504 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
6505 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6506 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack:
6507 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6508 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
6509 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6510 case DW_TAG_format_label:
6511 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6512 case DW_TAG_function_template:
6513 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6514 case DW_TAG_class_template:
6515 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6516 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
6517 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6518 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
6519 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6520 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
6521 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6523 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6527 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6530 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
6535 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6536 case DW_AT_location:
6537 return "DW_AT_location";
6539 return "DW_AT_name";
6540 case DW_AT_ordering:
6541 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6542 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
6543 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6544 case DW_AT_byte_size:
6545 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6546 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
6547 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6548 case DW_AT_bit_size:
6549 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6550 case DW_AT_element_list:
6551 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6552 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
6553 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6555 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6557 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6558 case DW_AT_language:
6559 return "DW_AT_language";
6561 return "DW_AT_member";
6563 return "DW_AT_discr";
6564 case DW_AT_discr_value:
6565 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6566 case DW_AT_visibility:
6567 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6569 return "DW_AT_import";
6570 case DW_AT_string_length:
6571 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6572 case DW_AT_common_reference:
6573 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6574 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
6575 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6576 case DW_AT_const_value:
6577 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6578 case DW_AT_containing_type:
6579 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6580 case DW_AT_default_value:
6581 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6583 return "DW_AT_inline";
6584 case DW_AT_is_optional:
6585 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6586 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
6587 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6588 case DW_AT_producer:
6589 return "DW_AT_producer";
6590 case DW_AT_prototyped:
6591 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6592 case DW_AT_return_addr:
6593 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6594 case DW_AT_start_scope:
6595 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6596 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
6597 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6598 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
6599 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6600 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
6601 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6602 case DW_AT_accessibility:
6603 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6604 case DW_AT_address_class:
6605 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6606 case DW_AT_artificial:
6607 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6608 case DW_AT_base_types:
6609 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6610 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
6611 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6613 return "DW_AT_count";
6614 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
6615 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6616 case DW_AT_decl_column:
6617 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6618 case DW_AT_decl_file:
6619 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6620 case DW_AT_decl_line:
6621 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6622 case DW_AT_declaration:
6623 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6624 case DW_AT_discr_list:
6625 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6626 case DW_AT_encoding:
6627 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6628 case DW_AT_external:
6629 return "DW_AT_external";
6630 case DW_AT_explicit:
6631 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6632 case DW_AT_frame_base:
6633 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6635 return "DW_AT_friend";
6636 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
6637 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6638 case DW_AT_macro_info:
6639 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6640 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
6641 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6642 case DW_AT_priority:
6643 return "DW_AT_priority";
6645 return "DW_AT_segment";
6646 case DW_AT_specification:
6647 return "DW_AT_specification";
6648 case DW_AT_static_link:
6649 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6651 return "DW_AT_type";
6652 case DW_AT_use_location:
6653 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6654 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
6655 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6656 case DW_AT_virtuality:
6657 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6658 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
6659 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6661 case DW_AT_allocated:
6662 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6663 case DW_AT_associated:
6664 return "DW_AT_associated";
6665 case DW_AT_data_location:
6666 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6667 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
6668 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6669 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
6670 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6671 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
6672 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6673 case DW_AT_extension:
6674 return "DW_AT_extension";
6676 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6677 case DW_AT_trampoline:
6678 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6679 case DW_AT_call_column:
6680 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6681 case DW_AT_call_file:
6682 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6683 case DW_AT_call_line:
6684 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6686 case DW_AT_signature:
6687 return "DW_AT_signature";
6688 case DW_AT_main_subprogram:
6689 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6690 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset:
6691 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6692 case DW_AT_const_expr:
6693 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6694 case DW_AT_enum_class:
6695 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6696 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
6697 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6699 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
6700 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6701 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
6702 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6703 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
6704 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6705 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
6706 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6707 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
6708 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6709 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
6710 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6711 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
6712 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6713 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
6714 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6715 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
6716 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6717 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
6718 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6719 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
6720 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6722 case DW_AT_sf_names:
6723 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6724 case DW_AT_src_info:
6725 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6726 case DW_AT_mac_info:
6727 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6728 case DW_AT_src_coords:
6729 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6730 case DW_AT_body_begin:
6731 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6732 case DW_AT_body_end:
6733 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6734 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
6735 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6736 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
6737 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6738 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by:
6739 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6740 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded:
6741 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6742 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded:
6743 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6744 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded:
6745 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6746 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required:
6747 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6748 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required:
6749 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6750 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature:
6751 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6752 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name:
6753 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6755 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
6756 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6759 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6763 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6766 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
6771 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6772 case DW_FORM_block2:
6773 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6774 case DW_FORM_block4:
6775 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6777 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6779 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6781 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6782 case DW_FORM_string:
6783 return "DW_FORM_string";
6785 return "DW_FORM_block";
6786 case DW_FORM_block1:
6787 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6789 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6791 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6793 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6795 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6797 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6798 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
6799 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6801 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6803 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6805 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6807 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6808 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
6809 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6810 case DW_FORM_indirect:
6811 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6812 case DW_FORM_sec_offset:
6813 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6814 case DW_FORM_exprloc:
6815 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6816 case DW_FORM_flag_present:
6817 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6818 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8:
6819 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6821 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6825 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6826 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6827 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6828 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6832 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
6834 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
6837 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6838 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6839 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6840 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
6843 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6844 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6845 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
6847 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
6850 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6851 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6855 decl_class_context (tree decl)
6857 tree context = NULL_TREE;
6859 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
6860 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
6862 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6863 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
6865 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
6866 context = NULL_TREE;
6871 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6874 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
6876 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6880 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
6881 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
6882 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
6885 static inline enum dw_val_class
6886 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
6888 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
6891 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6894 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
6898 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6899 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
6900 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
6901 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6904 static inline unsigned
6905 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
6907 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
6908 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
6911 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6914 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
6918 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6919 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
6920 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
6921 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6924 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6925 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
6927 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
6928 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
6931 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6934 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6935 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
6939 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6940 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
6941 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
6942 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6945 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6946 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
6948 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
6949 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
6952 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6955 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6956 HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
6960 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6961 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
6962 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
6963 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
6964 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6967 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
6970 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6971 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
6975 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6976 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
6977 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
6978 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
6979 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
6980 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6983 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
6986 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6987 unsigned char data8[8])
6991 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6992 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
6993 memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
6994 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6997 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
7000 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
7002 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
7006 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
7008 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
7009 (const char *)x2) == 0;
7012 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7014 static struct indirect_string_node *
7015 find_AT_string (const char *str)
7017 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7020 if (! debug_str_hash)
7021 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
7022 debug_str_eq, NULL);
7024 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
7025 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
7028 node = (struct indirect_string_node *)
7029 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
7030 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
7034 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
7040 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7043 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
7046 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7048 node = find_AT_string (str);
7050 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7051 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
7052 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
7053 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7056 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7057 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7060 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node)
7067 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
7068 ++dw2_string_counter;
7069 node->label = xstrdup (label);
7072 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7073 debug string STR. */
7076 get_debug_string_label (const char *str)
7078 struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str);
7080 debug_str_hash_forced = true;
7082 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7084 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label);
7087 static inline const char *
7088 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
7090 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7091 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
7094 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7095 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7097 static enum dwarf_form
7098 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
7100 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7103 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7105 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
7109 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
7111 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7112 always better to put it inline. */
7113 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
7114 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7116 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7117 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7119 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7120 || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
7121 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
7122 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7124 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7126 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
7129 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7132 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7136 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7137 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
7138 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
7139 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
7140 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7143 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7144 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7147 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7149 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
7150 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
7151 targ_die->die_definition = die;
7154 static inline dw_die_ref
7155 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
7157 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7158 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
7162 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
7164 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7165 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
7171 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
7173 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7174 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
7177 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7180 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
7184 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7185 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
7186 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
7187 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7190 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7193 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
7197 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7198 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7199 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
7200 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7203 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7204 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
7206 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7207 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
7211 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
7215 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7216 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
7217 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
7218 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7219 have_location_lists = true;
7222 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7223 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
7225 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7226 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7229 static inline dw_loc_list_ref *
7230 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a)
7232 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7233 return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7236 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7239 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
7243 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7244 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7245 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
7246 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7249 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7252 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
7254 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
7255 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
7258 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7261 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7262 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
7266 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7267 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
7268 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
7269 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7272 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7274 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7275 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
7277 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
7278 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
7281 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7284 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
7288 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7289 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
7290 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
7291 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7294 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7295 debug_line section. */
7298 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7303 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7304 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
7305 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7306 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7309 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7310 debug_macinfo section. */
7313 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7318 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7319 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
7320 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7321 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7324 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7327 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7328 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
7332 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7333 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
7334 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7335 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7338 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7341 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7342 long unsigned int offset)
7346 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7347 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
7348 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7349 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7352 static inline const char *
7353 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
7355 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7356 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7357 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
7358 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
7361 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7364 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7368 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
7373 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7374 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7376 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
7377 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
7381 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
7386 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7387 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7388 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7390 static inline const char *
7391 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7393 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
7395 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7398 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7399 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7400 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7402 static inline const char *
7403 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7405 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
7407 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7410 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7411 NULL if it is not present. */
7413 static inline const char *
7414 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7416 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7418 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
7421 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7422 if it is not present. */
7425 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7427 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7429 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
7432 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7433 if it is not present. */
7435 static inline unsigned
7436 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7438 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7440 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
7443 static inline dw_die_ref
7444 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7446 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7448 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
7451 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7452 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7454 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7456 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
7459 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7464 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7466 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
7469 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7474 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7476 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
7477 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
7478 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
7481 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7486 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7488 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
7491 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7494 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7502 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7503 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7505 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
7506 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
7507 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
7509 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7511 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
7516 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7517 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7520 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
7522 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
7523 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
7526 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
7530 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
7531 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
7532 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
7535 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7536 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7539 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
7541 dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
7543 gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
7544 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
7546 new_child->die_parent = parent;
7547 if (prev == old_child)
7549 gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
7550 new_child->die_sib = new_child;
7554 prev->die_sib = new_child;
7555 new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
7557 if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
7558 old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
7561 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7564 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
7567 new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
7568 old_parent->die_child = NULL;
7569 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
7572 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7576 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
7582 dw_die_ref prev = c;
7584 while (c->die_tag == tag)
7586 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
7587 /* Might have removed every child. */
7588 if (c == c->die_sib)
7592 } while (c != die->die_child);
7595 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7598 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
7600 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7601 if (! die || ! child_die)
7603 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
7605 child_die->die_parent = die;
7608 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
7609 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
7612 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
7613 die->die_child = child_die;
7616 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7617 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7618 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7621 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
7625 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7626 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7627 if (child->die_parent != parent)
7629 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
7635 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
7636 || (child->die_parent
7637 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
7639 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
7640 if (p->die_sib == child)
7642 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
7646 add_child_die (parent, child);
7649 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7651 static inline dw_die_ref
7652 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
7654 dw_die_ref die = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
7656 die->die_tag = tag_value;
7658 if (parent_die != NULL)
7659 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
7662 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
7664 limbo_node = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
7665 limbo_node->die = die;
7666 limbo_node->created_for = t;
7667 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
7668 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
7674 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7676 static inline dw_die_ref
7677 lookup_type_die (tree type)
7679 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
7682 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7685 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
7687 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
7690 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7693 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
7695 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
7698 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7701 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7703 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7706 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7708 static inline dw_die_ref
7709 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
7711 return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7714 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7717 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
7719 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
7722 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7726 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7728 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7731 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7733 static inline var_loc_list *
7734 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
7736 if (!decl_loc_table)
7738 return (var_loc_list *)
7739 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7742 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7745 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
7747 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7750 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7752 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
7755 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7757 static struct var_loc_node *
7758 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note)
7760 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7763 struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL;
7765 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7768 temp = GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list);
7769 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
7773 temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
7777 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
7778 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
7779 we have nothing to do. */
7780 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
7781 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note)))
7782 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7783 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))
7784 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7785 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
7786 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)
7787 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
7789 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
7790 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
7791 temp->last->next = loc;
7797 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
7804 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
7805 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
7806 the DIE internal representation. */
7807 static int print_indent;
7809 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
7812 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
7814 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
7817 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
7820 print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
7824 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
7825 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
7828 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
7829 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7832 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
7838 print_spaces (outfile);
7839 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
7840 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
7841 print_spaces (outfile);
7842 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
7843 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
7844 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && die->die_id.die_type_node)
7846 print_spaces (outfile);
7847 fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
7848 print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7849 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7852 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7854 print_spaces (outfile);
7855 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
7857 switch (AT_class (a))
7859 case dw_val_class_addr:
7860 fprintf (outfile, "address");
7862 case dw_val_class_offset:
7863 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
7865 case dw_val_class_loc:
7866 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
7868 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7869 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
7870 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
7872 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7873 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
7875 case dw_val_class_const:
7876 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
7878 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7879 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
7881 case dw_val_class_const_double:
7882 fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
7883 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
7884 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high,
7885 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low);
7887 case dw_val_class_vec:
7888 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
7890 case dw_val_class_flag:
7891 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
7893 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7894 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
7896 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
7898 fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
7899 print_signature (outfile,
7900 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7902 else if (dwarf_version < 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
7903 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
7904 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
7906 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7909 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
7911 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7912 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7913 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7914 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
7916 case dw_val_class_str:
7917 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
7918 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
7920 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
7922 case dw_val_class_file:
7923 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
7924 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
7926 case dw_val_class_data8:
7930 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
7931 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]);
7938 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7941 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7944 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
7947 if (print_indent == 0)
7948 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7951 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
7952 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7955 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
7958 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
7960 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
7961 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
7963 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
7964 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
7965 line_info->dw_file_num,
7966 line_info->dw_line_num);
7969 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
7972 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
7975 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
7977 print_die (die, stderr);
7980 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
7981 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7987 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
7988 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
7989 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
7992 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
7993 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
7994 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
7997 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
7999 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
8000 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
8002 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
8006 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8009 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
8011 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
8013 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
8017 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8018 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8020 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8023 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8027 tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
8029 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8030 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8033 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8036 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8038 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8041 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
8043 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8044 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8045 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8048 switch (AT_class (at))
8050 case dw_val_class_const:
8051 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8053 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8054 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8056 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8057 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8059 case dw_val_class_vec:
8060 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8062 case dw_val_class_flag:
8063 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
8065 case dw_val_class_str:
8066 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8069 case dw_val_class_addr:
8071 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8072 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8075 case dw_val_class_offset:
8076 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8079 case dw_val_class_loc:
8080 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8081 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
8084 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8085 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
8088 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8089 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8090 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8091 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8094 case dw_val_class_file:
8095 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8098 case dw_val_class_data8:
8099 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8107 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8110 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8116 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8119 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
8122 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8124 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
8126 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8127 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
8129 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
8133 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8135 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8136 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8137 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8138 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8139 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8140 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8141 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8143 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8146 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8153 byte = (value & 0x7f);
8155 more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
8156 || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
8165 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8168 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8172 unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
8175 /* More bytes to follow. */
8183 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8184 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8187 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8191 int tag = die->die_tag;
8193 if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
8194 && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
8195 && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
8198 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8200 spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8204 if (die->die_parent != NULL)
8205 checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
8207 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8208 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
8210 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
8213 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8216 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8218 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8219 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8220 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
8222 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8223 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
8227 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8230 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
8231 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8232 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8233 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
8237 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8240 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
8241 struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8243 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8246 if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
8248 dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
8250 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8251 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8252 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8253 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8254 is complete or not. */
8255 if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
8256 && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
8257 || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
8258 || tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
8259 || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
8260 || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
8261 && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
8263 dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
8265 if (name_attr != NULL)
8267 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8271 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8272 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8273 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8274 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8275 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8276 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8281 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8282 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8283 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8284 if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
8286 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8287 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8288 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
8292 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8296 target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8297 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8298 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8299 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8300 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8301 die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
8306 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8307 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8309 switch (AT_class (at))
8311 case dw_val_class_const:
8312 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8313 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8316 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8317 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8318 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8321 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8322 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8323 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
8324 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8327 case dw_val_class_vec:
8328 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8329 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec));
8330 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8333 case dw_val_class_flag:
8334 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
8335 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
8338 case dw_val_class_str:
8339 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8340 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8343 case dw_val_class_addr:
8345 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8346 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8347 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8350 case dw_val_class_offset:
8351 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8352 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8355 case dw_val_class_loc:
8356 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8357 loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
8360 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8361 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8362 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8363 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8366 case dw_val_class_file:
8367 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8368 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8371 case dw_val_class_data8:
8372 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8380 struct checksum_attributes
8382 dw_attr_ref at_name;
8383 dw_attr_ref at_type;
8384 dw_attr_ref at_friend;
8385 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
8386 dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
8387 dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
8388 dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
8389 dw_attr_ref at_associated;
8390 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
8391 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
8392 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
8393 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
8394 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
8395 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
8396 dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
8397 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
8398 dw_attr_ref at_count;
8399 dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
8400 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
8401 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
8402 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
8403 dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
8404 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
8405 dw_attr_ref at_discr;
8406 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
8407 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
8408 dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
8409 dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
8410 dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
8411 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
8412 dw_attr_ref at_location;
8413 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
8414 dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
8415 dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
8416 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
8417 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
8418 dw_attr_ref at_small;
8419 dw_attr_ref at_segment;
8420 dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
8421 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
8422 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
8423 dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
8424 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
8425 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
8426 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
8427 dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
8428 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
8431 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8434 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
8439 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8450 attrs->at_friend = a;
8452 case DW_AT_accessibility:
8453 attrs->at_accessibility = a;
8455 case DW_AT_address_class:
8456 attrs->at_address_class = a;
8458 case DW_AT_allocated:
8459 attrs->at_allocated = a;
8461 case DW_AT_artificial:
8462 attrs->at_artificial = a;
8464 case DW_AT_associated:
8465 attrs->at_associated = a;
8467 case DW_AT_binary_scale:
8468 attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
8470 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
8471 attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
8473 case DW_AT_bit_size:
8474 attrs->at_bit_size = a;
8476 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
8477 attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
8479 case DW_AT_byte_size:
8480 attrs->at_byte_size = a;
8482 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
8483 attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
8485 case DW_AT_const_value:
8486 attrs->at_const_value = a;
8488 case DW_AT_containing_type:
8489 attrs->at_containing_type = a;
8492 attrs->at_count = a;
8494 case DW_AT_data_location:
8495 attrs->at_data_location = a;
8497 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
8498 attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
8500 case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
8501 attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
8503 case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
8504 attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
8506 case DW_AT_default_value:
8507 attrs->at_default_value = a;
8509 case DW_AT_digit_count:
8510 attrs->at_digit_count = a;
8513 attrs->at_discr = a;
8515 case DW_AT_discr_list:
8516 attrs->at_discr_list = a;
8518 case DW_AT_discr_value:
8519 attrs->at_discr_value = a;
8521 case DW_AT_encoding:
8522 attrs->at_encoding = a;
8524 case DW_AT_endianity:
8525 attrs->at_endianity = a;
8527 case DW_AT_explicit:
8528 attrs->at_explicit = a;
8530 case DW_AT_is_optional:
8531 attrs->at_is_optional = a;
8533 case DW_AT_location:
8534 attrs->at_location = a;
8536 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
8537 attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
8540 attrs->at_mutable = a;
8542 case DW_AT_ordering:
8543 attrs->at_ordering = a;
8545 case DW_AT_picture_string:
8546 attrs->at_picture_string = a;
8548 case DW_AT_prototyped:
8549 attrs->at_prototyped = a;
8552 attrs->at_small = a;
8555 attrs->at_segment = a;
8557 case DW_AT_string_length:
8558 attrs->at_string_length = a;
8560 case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
8561 attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
8563 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
8564 attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
8566 case DW_AT_use_location:
8567 attrs->at_use_location = a;
8569 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
8570 attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
8572 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
8573 attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
8575 case DW_AT_virtuality:
8576 attrs->at_virtuality = a;
8578 case DW_AT_visibility:
8579 attrs->at_visibility = a;
8581 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
8582 attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
8590 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8593 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8597 struct checksum_attributes attrs;
8599 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8600 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
8602 memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
8604 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8606 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
8607 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
8609 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
8610 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
8611 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
8612 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
8613 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
8614 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
8615 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
8616 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
8617 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
8618 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
8619 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
8620 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
8621 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
8622 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
8623 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
8624 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
8625 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
8626 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
8627 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
8628 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
8629 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
8630 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
8631 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
8632 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
8633 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
8634 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
8635 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
8636 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
8637 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
8638 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
8639 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
8640 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
8641 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
8642 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
8643 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
8644 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
8645 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
8646 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
8647 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
8648 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
8649 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
8650 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
8651 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
8652 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
8653 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
8654 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
8655 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
8657 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
8660 dw_attr_ref name_attr;
8663 name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
8664 if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
8665 && name_attr != NULL)
8667 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8668 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
8669 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8673 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
8674 if (c->die_mark == 0)
8676 die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
8678 } while (c != die->die_child);
8680 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8684 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8685 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8686 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8687 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8689 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
8690 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8691 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8692 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8693 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8694 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
8695 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
8698 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
8702 unsigned char checksum[16];
8706 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8707 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8709 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8710 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8711 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
8713 if (is_cxx() && name != NULL)
8715 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8717 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8718 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8719 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8721 md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx);
8722 md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx);
8723 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8725 add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
8728 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
8730 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8732 die->die_mark = mark;
8734 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8735 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8736 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8738 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
8739 die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
8740 unmark_all_dies (die);
8741 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8743 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
8744 type node together. */
8745 memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
8746 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
8747 die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8748 type_node->type_die = die;
8750 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
8753 decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8756 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
8758 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
8760 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
8761 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
8762 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
8765 /* Do the values look the same? */
8767 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
8769 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
8772 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
8775 switch (v1->val_class)
8777 case dw_val_class_const:
8778 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
8779 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8780 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
8781 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8782 return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
8783 && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
8784 case dw_val_class_vec:
8785 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
8786 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
8788 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
8789 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
8792 case dw_val_class_flag:
8793 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
8794 case dw_val_class_str:
8795 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
8797 case dw_val_class_addr:
8798 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
8799 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
8800 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
8802 return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
8804 case dw_val_class_offset:
8805 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
8807 case dw_val_class_loc:
8808 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
8810 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
8811 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
8813 return !loc1 && !loc2;
8815 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8816 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
8818 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8819 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8820 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8821 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8824 case dw_val_class_file:
8825 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
8827 case dw_val_class_data8:
8828 return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
8835 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
8838 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
8840 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
8843 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8844 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8845 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8848 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
8851 /* Do the dies look the same? */
8854 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
8860 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8862 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
8863 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8865 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
8868 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
8869 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
8872 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
8873 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
8876 c1 = die1->die_child;
8877 c2 = die2->die_child;
8886 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
8890 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
8892 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
8902 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
8905 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
8908 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
8910 unmark_all_dies (die1);
8911 unmark_all_dies (die2);
8916 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
8918 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
8920 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
8921 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
8923 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
8924 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
8927 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
8929 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
8930 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
8931 char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
8934 unsigned char checksum[16];
8937 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
8938 the name filename of the unit. */
8940 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8942 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
8943 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
8944 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8946 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
8947 clean_symbol_name (name);
8949 p = name + strlen (name);
8950 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
8952 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
8956 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
8957 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
8960 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
8963 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
8965 switch (die->die_tag)
8967 case DW_TAG_array_type:
8968 case DW_TAG_class_type:
8969 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
8970 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
8971 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
8972 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
8973 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
8974 case DW_TAG_string_type:
8975 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
8976 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
8977 case DW_TAG_union_type:
8978 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
8979 case DW_TAG_set_type:
8980 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
8981 case DW_TAG_base_type:
8982 case DW_TAG_const_type:
8983 case DW_TAG_file_type:
8984 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
8985 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
8986 case DW_TAG_typedef:
8993 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
8994 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
8995 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
8996 compilations (functions). */
8999 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
9001 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9002 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9003 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9004 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9006 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
9009 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
9010 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
9011 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9012 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
9013 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
9015 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
9017 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
9020 return is_type_die (c);
9023 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9024 compilation unit. */
9027 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
9029 return (is_type_die (c)
9030 || is_declaration_die (c)
9031 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9032 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
9036 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
9040 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
9041 return xstrdup (buf);
9044 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9047 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
9051 if (is_symbol_die (die))
9053 if (comdat_symbol_id)
9055 char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
9057 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
9058 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
9059 die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
9062 die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9065 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
9068 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9071 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
9072 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
9075 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9077 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
9079 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry =
9080 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of;
9082 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
9086 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9088 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 =
9089 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1;
9090 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9092 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
9096 htab_cu_del (void *what)
9098 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next,
9099 *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what;
9109 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9112 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
9114 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
9115 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
9117 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
9119 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9120 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9124 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
9126 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
9132 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
9136 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
9138 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
9139 entry->next = *slot;
9145 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9147 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
9149 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
9151 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9152 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9156 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
9159 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9160 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9161 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9164 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
9167 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9168 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
9169 htab_t cu_hash_table;
9173 dw_die_ref prev = c;
9175 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9176 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
9178 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
9180 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9181 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
9183 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
9184 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
9185 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
9186 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
9188 add_child_die (unit, c);
9190 if (c == die->die_child)
9193 } while (c != die->die_child);
9196 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9197 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9201 assign_symbol_names (die);
9202 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
9203 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
9209 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
9210 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9211 &comdat_symbol_number);
9212 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
9214 *pnode = node->next;
9217 pnode = &node->next;
9218 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9219 comdat_symbol_number);
9222 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
9225 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9228 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
9233 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9234 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
9240 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9241 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9244 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
9246 switch (die->die_tag)
9248 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9249 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9250 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9251 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9252 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9253 if (is_declaration_die (die) || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin))
9256 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9257 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9258 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9259 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9260 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
9261 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9262 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9263 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9264 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9265 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9266 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9267 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9268 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9269 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9270 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9271 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9277 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9280 clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
9286 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9287 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9289 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9290 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9295 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9298 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
9301 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
9303 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c)));
9308 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9311 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
9318 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9319 if (is_declaration_die (die))
9320 return clone_die (die);
9322 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9323 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9325 return clone_die (decl);
9327 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9328 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9330 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9332 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9333 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9334 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9338 case DW_AT_artificial:
9339 case DW_AT_containing_type:
9340 case DW_AT_external:
9343 case DW_AT_virtuality:
9344 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
9345 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
9346 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9348 case DW_AT_byte_size:
9354 if (die->die_id.die_type_node)
9355 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
9357 add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9361 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9362 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9363 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9364 attached to the specification. */
9367 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
9370 dw_die_ref new_decl;
9372 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9381 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9382 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9383 decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
9385 remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
9387 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9389 if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
9390 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
9391 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
9392 add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
9395 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c)));
9398 if (decl->die_parent != NULL
9399 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9400 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9402 new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
9403 if (new_decl != NULL)
9405 remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
9406 add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
9411 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9412 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9415 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
9417 if (node->new_die != NULL)
9420 node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
9422 if (node->parent != NULL)
9424 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
9425 add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
9429 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9430 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9431 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9434 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
9436 skeleton_chain_node node;
9439 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9440 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9442 node.parent = parent;
9444 first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
9448 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9451 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9453 node.new_die = NULL;
9454 if (is_declaration_die (c))
9456 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9457 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9458 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9459 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
9460 move_all_children (c, clone);
9462 replace_child (c, clone, prev);
9463 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
9464 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
9468 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9469 } while (next != NULL);
9472 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9475 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
9477 skeleton_chain_node node;
9480 node.new_die = NULL;
9483 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9484 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9485 if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent))
9486 node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
9488 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9489 return node.new_die;
9492 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9493 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9494 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9495 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9496 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9497 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9500 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
9502 dw_die_ref skeleton;
9504 skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
9505 if (skeleton == NULL)
9506 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
9509 skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
9510 replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
9516 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9517 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9520 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
9524 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9525 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9526 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9528 first = c = die->die_child;
9532 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9535 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9536 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
9538 dw_die_ref replacement;
9539 comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
9541 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9542 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9543 unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
9544 add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
9545 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language));
9546 type_node = GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node);
9547 type_node->root_die = unit;
9548 type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
9549 comdat_type_list = type_node;
9551 /* Generate the type signature. */
9552 generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
9554 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9555 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9556 copy_declaration_context (unit, c);
9558 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9559 replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c, prev);
9561 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9562 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9564 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9565 add_child_die (unit, c);
9567 if (replacement != NULL)
9570 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9571 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
9572 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9573 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
9575 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9576 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9578 } while (next != NULL);
9581 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9583 struct decl_table_entry
9589 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9592 htab_decl_hash (const void *of)
9594 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry =
9595 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of;
9597 return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
9601 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9603 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 =
9604 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1;
9605 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9607 return entry1->orig == entry2;
9611 htab_decl_del (void *what)
9613 struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what;
9618 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9619 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9620 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9621 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
9624 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9626 dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
9627 dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
9630 struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
9634 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
9635 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
9636 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
9637 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9639 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9643 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
9644 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9652 dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
9655 if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9656 && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9657 new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
9660 copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
9661 add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
9663 if (decl_table != NULL)
9665 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
9667 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
9674 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9675 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9679 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9685 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9687 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
9689 dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
9690 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node;
9692 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
9694 if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL)
9697 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ,
9698 htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT);
9700 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9702 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9703 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
9704 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9705 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
9709 dw_die_ref parent = unit;
9710 dw_die_ref copy = clone_tree (targ);
9712 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9716 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9717 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9718 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9719 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
9720 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9725 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9726 into the new type unit. */
9727 if (targ->die_parent != NULL
9728 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9729 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9730 parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
9733 add_child_die (parent, copy);
9734 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
9736 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
9737 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
9738 get visited otherwise. */
9740 copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
9745 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
9748 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
9749 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
9750 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
9751 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
9752 don't have an external reference. */
9755 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
9760 decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del);
9761 copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table);
9762 htab_delete (decl_table);
9766 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
9767 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
9768 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
9771 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
9775 if (! die->die_child)
9778 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
9779 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
9781 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
9784 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
9787 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
9793 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9794 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
9795 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
9797 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
9800 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9801 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9802 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
9803 die are visited recursively. */
9806 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
9808 unsigned long abbrev_id;
9809 unsigned int n_alloc;
9814 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
9815 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
9816 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9817 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9818 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
9820 gcc_assert (dwarf_version >= 4 || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
9821 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
9824 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
9826 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
9827 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
9831 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
9833 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
9836 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
9837 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
9840 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
9842 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
9843 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
9844 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
9854 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
9856 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
9858 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9859 abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
9862 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
9863 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
9864 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
9867 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
9868 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
9871 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
9872 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
9875 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
9878 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
9885 log = floor_log2 (value);
9888 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
9893 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9894 .debug_info section. */
9896 static unsigned long
9897 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
9899 unsigned long size = 0;
9903 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
9904 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9906 switch (AT_class (a))
9908 case dw_val_class_addr:
9909 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9911 case dw_val_class_offset:
9912 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9914 case dw_val_class_loc:
9916 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
9919 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9920 size += size_of_uleb128 (lsize);
9922 size += constant_size (lsize);
9926 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
9927 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9929 case dw_val_class_range_list:
9930 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9932 case dw_val_class_const:
9933 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
9935 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
9936 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
9938 case dw_val_class_const_double:
9939 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
9940 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
9943 case dw_val_class_vec:
9944 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9945 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
9946 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9947 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
9949 case dw_val_class_flag:
9950 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9951 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
9952 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
9953 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
9954 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
9955 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
9956 the same abbrev entry. */
9957 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
9961 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
9962 if (AT_ref_external (a))
9964 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
9965 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
9966 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
9967 it's always sized as an offset. */
9968 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9969 size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
9970 else if (dwarf_version == 2)
9971 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9973 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9976 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9978 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
9979 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9981 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
9982 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9984 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
9985 case dw_val_class_macptr:
9986 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9988 case dw_val_class_str:
9989 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
9990 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9992 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
9994 case dw_val_class_file:
9995 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
9997 case dw_val_class_data8:
10001 gcc_unreachable ();
10008 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10009 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10010 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10011 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10014 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
10018 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
10019 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
10021 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
10023 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10024 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10025 next_die_offset += 1;
10028 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10029 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10030 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10031 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10034 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10038 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
10041 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
10044 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10047 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10051 if (dwarf_version < 4)
10052 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10055 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
10058 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10061 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10067 if (!die->die_mark)
10071 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
10073 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10074 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
10075 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
10078 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10079 generated for the compilation unit. */
10081 static unsigned long
10082 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10084 unsigned long size;
10088 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
10089 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
10090 if (names != pubtype_table
10091 || p->die->die_offset != 0
10092 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10093 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
10095 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10099 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10101 static unsigned long
10102 size_of_aranges (void)
10104 unsigned long size;
10106 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
10108 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10109 if (text_section_used)
10110 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10111 if (cold_text_section_used)
10112 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10113 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
10115 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10116 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10120 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10122 static enum dwarf_form
10123 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10125 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
10127 case dw_val_class_addr:
10128 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10129 switch (a->dw_attr)
10132 case DW_AT_high_pc:
10133 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
10134 case DW_AT_trampoline:
10135 return DW_FORM_addr;
10139 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10142 return DW_FORM_data1;
10144 return DW_FORM_data2;
10146 return DW_FORM_data4;
10148 return DW_FORM_data8;
10150 gcc_unreachable ();
10152 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10153 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10154 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10155 return DW_FORM_sec_offset;
10157 case dw_val_class_offset:
10158 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
10161 return DW_FORM_data4;
10163 return DW_FORM_data8;
10165 gcc_unreachable ();
10167 case dw_val_class_loc:
10168 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10169 return DW_FORM_exprloc;
10170 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
10173 return DW_FORM_block1;
10175 return DW_FORM_block2;
10177 gcc_unreachable ();
10179 case dw_val_class_const:
10180 return DW_FORM_sdata;
10181 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10182 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
10185 return DW_FORM_data1;
10187 return DW_FORM_data2;
10189 return DW_FORM_data4;
10191 return DW_FORM_data8;
10193 gcc_unreachable ();
10195 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10196 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10199 return DW_FORM_data2;
10201 return DW_FORM_data4;
10203 return DW_FORM_data8;
10206 return DW_FORM_block1;
10208 case dw_val_class_vec:
10209 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10210 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
10213 return DW_FORM_block1;
10215 return DW_FORM_block2;
10217 return DW_FORM_block4;
10219 gcc_unreachable ();
10221 case dw_val_class_flag:
10222 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10224 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10225 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10226 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10227 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10228 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10229 the same abbrev entry. */
10230 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
10231 return DW_FORM_flag_present;
10233 return DW_FORM_flag;
10234 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10235 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10236 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
10238 return DW_FORM_ref;
10239 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10240 return DW_FORM_data;
10241 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10242 return DW_FORM_addr;
10243 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10244 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10245 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset : DW_FORM_data;
10246 case dw_val_class_str:
10247 return AT_string_form (a);
10248 case dw_val_class_file:
10249 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
10252 return DW_FORM_data1;
10254 return DW_FORM_data2;
10256 return DW_FORM_data4;
10258 gcc_unreachable ();
10261 case dw_val_class_data8:
10262 return DW_FORM_data8;
10265 gcc_unreachable ();
10269 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10272 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10274 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
10276 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
10279 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10283 output_abbrev_section (void)
10285 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10287 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10289 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10291 dw_attr_ref a_attr;
10293 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
10294 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
10295 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
10297 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
10298 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
10300 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
10302 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
10305 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
10306 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
10307 output_value_format (a_attr);
10310 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10311 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10314 /* Terminate the table. */
10315 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10318 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10321 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
10323 char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10328 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
10329 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10330 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10332 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
10334 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
10337 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10340 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10341 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
10342 const char *section)
10344 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node);
10346 retlist->begin = begin;
10347 retlist->end = end;
10348 retlist->expr = expr;
10349 retlist->section = section;
10354 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10355 hasn't got one yet. */
10358 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list)
10360 gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol);
10361 list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10364 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10367 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
10369 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
10371 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
10373 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10374 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
10376 unsigned long size;
10377 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10378 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
10380 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
10382 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
10383 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10384 list_head->ll_symbol);
10385 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
10386 "Location list end address (%s)",
10387 list_head->ll_symbol);
10391 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
10392 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10393 list_head->ll_symbol);
10394 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
10395 "Location list end address (%s)",
10396 list_head->ll_symbol);
10398 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
10400 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10401 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
10402 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
10404 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
10407 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10408 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10409 list_head->ll_symbol);
10410 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10411 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10412 list_head->ll_symbol);
10415 /* Output a type signature. */
10418 output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
10422 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10423 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10426 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10427 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10430 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
10434 unsigned long size;
10437 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10438 them to point to. */
10439 if (dwarf_version < 4 && die->die_id.die_symbol)
10440 output_die_symbol (die);
10442 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
10443 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
10444 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
10446 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10448 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
10450 switch (AT_class (a))
10452 case dw_val_class_addr:
10453 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
10456 case dw_val_class_offset:
10457 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
10461 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10463 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
10465 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
10466 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
10467 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
10468 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
10473 case dw_val_class_loc:
10474 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10476 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10477 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10478 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "%s", name);
10480 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
10482 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
10485 case dw_val_class_const:
10486 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10487 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10488 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10489 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
10492 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10493 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
10494 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
10497 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10499 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
10501 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10502 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10503 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10504 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10507 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
10509 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10510 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10514 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10515 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10518 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10520 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10525 case dw_val_class_vec:
10527 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
10528 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
10532 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
10533 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
10534 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
10539 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
10541 i++, p += elt_size)
10542 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
10543 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
10547 case dw_val_class_flag:
10548 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10550 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10551 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10552 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10553 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10554 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10555 the same abbrev entry. */
10556 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a) == 1);
10557 if (flag_debug_asm)
10558 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
10559 ASM_COMMENT_START, name);
10562 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
10565 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10567 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
10570 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
10575 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10576 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10578 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10580 comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
10581 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
10583 gcc_assert (type_node);
10584 output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
10588 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
10592 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10593 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10595 if (dwarf_version == 2)
10596 size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10598 size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10599 dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
10605 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
10606 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
10611 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10615 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
10616 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
10617 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
10622 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10623 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
10626 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10627 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10628 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
10631 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10632 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10633 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
10636 case dw_val_class_str:
10637 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10638 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10639 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
10641 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
10643 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
10646 case dw_val_class_file:
10648 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
10650 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
10651 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
10655 case dw_val_class_data8:
10659 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
10660 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
10661 i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10666 gcc_unreachable ();
10670 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
10672 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10673 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10674 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
10675 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
10678 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10679 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10682 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10684 int ver = dwarf_version;
10686 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10687 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10688 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10689 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10690 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
10691 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10692 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
10693 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
10694 debug_abbrev_section,
10695 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10696 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10699 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10702 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
10704 const char *secname;
10705 char *oldsym, *tmp;
10707 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10708 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
10711 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10712 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10713 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10714 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10715 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10718 build_abbrev_table (die);
10720 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10721 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10722 calc_die_sizes (die);
10724 oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10727 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
10729 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
10731 die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
10732 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10735 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
10737 /* Output debugging information. */
10738 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10741 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
10742 output_pubnames. */
10746 die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
10750 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
10753 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
10755 const char *secname;
10758 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10762 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10763 mark_dies (node->root_die);
10765 build_abbrev_table (node->root_die);
10767 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10768 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10769 calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
10771 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10772 secname = ".debug_types";
10773 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10774 sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
10775 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10776 sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10777 comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
10778 targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
10779 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
10782 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10783 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
10784 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10785 sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10787 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10790 /* Output debugging information. */
10791 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10792 output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
10793 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
10794 "Offset to Type DIE");
10795 output_die (node->root_die);
10797 unmark_dies (node->root_die);
10800 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
10802 static const char *
10803 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
10805 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
10808 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
10811 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
10816 e.name = xstrdup (str);
10817 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
10821 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10823 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10825 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10827 add_pubname_string (name, die);
10831 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
10834 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10839 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10840 || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
10841 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
10846 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
10848 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10849 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
10850 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
10851 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
10852 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
10854 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
10859 e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10861 e.name = xstrdup (e.name);
10864 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
10865 it to the table. */
10866 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
10867 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
10871 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
10872 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
10875 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10878 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
10881 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10882 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10883 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10884 if (names == pubname_table)
10885 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10886 "Length of Public Names Info");
10888 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10889 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
10890 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10891 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10892 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10893 debug_info_section,
10894 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10895 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
10896 "Compilation Unit Length");
10898 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
10900 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10901 if (names == pubname_table)
10902 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
10904 if (names != pubtype_table
10905 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
10906 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10908 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
10911 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
10915 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10918 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
10921 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10923 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10926 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
10928 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10929 arange_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, arange_table,
10930 arange_table_allocated);
10931 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
10932 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
10935 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
10938 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
10939 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
10940 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
10943 output_aranges (void)
10946 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
10948 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10949 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10950 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10951 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
10952 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
10953 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10954 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10955 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10956 debug_info_section,
10957 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10958 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
10959 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
10961 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
10962 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
10964 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
10966 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
10967 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
10968 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
10969 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
10972 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
10973 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
10974 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
10975 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
10976 confused with the terminator. */
10977 if (text_section_used)
10979 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
10980 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
10981 text_section_label, "Length");
10983 if (cold_text_section_used)
10985 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
10987 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
10988 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
10991 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
10993 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
10995 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10996 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10998 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
11000 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
11002 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
11003 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
11007 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
11008 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
11009 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
11010 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
11011 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
11013 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
11016 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
11018 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11019 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
11020 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11021 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
11026 /* Output the terminator words. */
11027 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11028 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11031 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
11034 static unsigned int
11035 add_ranges_num (int num)
11037 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
11039 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
11041 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11042 ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
11043 ranges_table_allocated);
11044 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
11045 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
11048 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
11049 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
11051 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11054 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11055 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11057 static unsigned int
11058 add_ranges (const_tree block)
11060 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
11063 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11067 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end,
11070 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
11071 unsigned int offset;
11073 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
11075 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11076 ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
11078 ranges_by_label_allocated);
11079 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
11080 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11081 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
11084 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
11085 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
11086 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
11088 offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
11091 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset);
11097 output_ranges (void)
11100 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset %#x";
11101 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
11103 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
11105 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
11109 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11110 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11112 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
11113 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
11115 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11116 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11117 base of the text section. */
11118 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11120 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11121 text_section_label,
11122 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11123 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
11124 text_section_label, NULL);
11127 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11128 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11129 about whether the target supports cross-section
11133 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11134 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11135 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
11141 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11142 else if (block_num < 0)
11144 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
11146 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11148 gcc_unreachable ();
11150 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11151 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11152 the #if 0 above. */
11153 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11154 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11155 text_section_label,
11156 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11157 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11158 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11159 text_section_label, NULL);
11164 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11165 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11166 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11167 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11168 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11174 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11175 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11181 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11184 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
11185 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
11186 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
11187 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
11188 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
11191 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11195 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
11196 int length; /* Path length. */
11197 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11198 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11199 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11202 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11203 the directories in the path. */
11206 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
11208 const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
11209 const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
11210 const unsigned char *cp1;
11211 const unsigned char *cp2;
11213 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11214 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11215 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11216 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11217 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11218 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
11219 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
11221 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
11222 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
11228 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11229 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
11230 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
11231 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
11232 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
11234 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11235 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
11236 return *cp1 - *cp2;
11240 struct file_name_acquire_data
11242 struct file_info *files;
11247 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11250 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
11252 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data;
11253 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
11254 struct file_info *fi;
11257 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
11259 if (! d->emitted_number)
11262 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
11264 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
11266 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11268 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
11271 /* Create a new array entry. */
11273 fi->length = strlen (f);
11276 /* Search for the file name part. */
11277 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
11278 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11280 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
11284 if (f == NULL || f < g)
11290 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
11294 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11295 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11296 slowdowns with many input files. */
11299 output_file_names (void)
11301 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
11303 struct file_info *files;
11304 struct dir_info *dirs;
11312 if (!last_emitted_file)
11314 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11315 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11319 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
11321 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11322 files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
11323 dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
11325 fnad.files = files;
11326 fnad.used_files = 0;
11327 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
11328 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
11329 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
11331 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
11333 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11334 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
11335 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
11336 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
11338 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
11339 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
11342 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
11343 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
11344 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
11345 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
11347 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11348 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
11349 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
11355 /* This is a new directory. */
11356 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
11357 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
11358 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
11359 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
11360 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
11362 /* Search for a prefix. */
11363 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
11364 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
11365 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
11366 && dirs[j].length > 1
11367 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
11368 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
11369 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
11370 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
11375 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11376 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11377 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11378 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11379 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11380 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11381 saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11382 savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11384 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
11385 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
11390 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11391 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11392 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
11393 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
11395 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
11398 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
11400 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11404 k = dirs[j].prefix;
11405 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
11406 k = dirs[k].prefix;
11410 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11411 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11413 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
11414 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
11419 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11421 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
11423 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11424 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
11425 if (savehere[j] > 0)
11427 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11428 saved[j] = savehere[j];
11430 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11431 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
11436 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11437 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
11438 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
11439 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
11441 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
11442 "Directory Entry: %#x", i + idx_offset);
11444 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11446 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11447 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11448 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11449 backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
11450 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11451 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
11453 /* Now write all the file names. */
11454 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11456 int file_idx = backmap[i];
11457 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
11459 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11460 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11462 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11463 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11468 int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
11469 + dirs[dir_idx].length
11470 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
11471 char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
11473 vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
11474 snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
11475 files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
11477 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11478 (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11480 /* Include directory index. */
11481 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11483 /* Modification time. */
11484 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11485 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11489 /* File length in bytes. */
11490 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11491 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
11495 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
11496 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11498 /* Include directory index. */
11499 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11501 /* Modification time. */
11502 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11504 /* File length in bytes. */
11505 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11509 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11513 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11514 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11517 output_line_info (void)
11519 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
11520 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11521 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11523 unsigned n_op_args;
11524 unsigned long lt_index;
11525 unsigned long current_line;
11528 unsigned long current_file;
11529 unsigned long function;
11530 int ver = dwarf_version;
11532 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
11533 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
11534 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
11535 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
11537 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11538 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11539 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11540 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
11541 "Length of Source Line Info");
11542 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
11544 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
11545 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
11546 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
11548 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11549 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11550 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11551 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11552 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11553 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11554 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11555 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11556 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11557 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11560 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN,
11561 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
11562 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
11563 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11564 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
11565 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11566 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
11567 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11568 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
11569 "Special Opcode Base");
11571 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
11575 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
11576 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
11577 case DW_LNS_set_file:
11578 case DW_LNS_set_column:
11579 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
11587 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
11591 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11592 output_file_names ();
11593 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
11595 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11596 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11597 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
11599 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11600 a series of state machine operations. */
11604 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
11605 strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
11607 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
11608 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
11610 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
11613 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11614 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11617 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
11618 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11619 that anything after the last address is this line. */
11620 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11621 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
11625 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11627 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11628 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
11629 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
11630 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
11631 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11632 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
11634 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
11637 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
11638 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11639 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11640 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11644 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
11645 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
11646 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11647 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11648 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11649 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11652 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11654 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11655 different from the previous line. */
11656 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11658 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11659 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11660 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11663 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11664 that uses the least amount of space. */
11665 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11667 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11668 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11669 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11670 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11671 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11672 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
11674 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11675 "line %lu", current_line);
11678 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
11679 depending on the value being encoded. */
11680 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11681 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11682 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11683 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11687 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
11688 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11691 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11694 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11695 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11696 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11700 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11701 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11702 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11703 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
11706 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11707 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11708 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11713 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
11715 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11716 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
11719 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
11720 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11721 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
11722 && line_info->function == function)
11726 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
11727 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11728 to handle it differently. */
11729 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11731 if (function != line_info->function)
11733 function = line_info->function;
11735 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
11736 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11737 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11738 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11739 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11743 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
11746 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11747 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11748 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11752 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11753 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11754 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11755 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11759 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11761 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11762 different from the previous line. */
11763 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11765 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11766 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11767 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11770 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11771 that uses the least amount of space. */
11772 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11774 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11775 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11776 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11777 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11778 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11779 "line %lu", current_line);
11782 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11783 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11784 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11785 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11789 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11797 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
11798 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
11799 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
11804 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11805 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
11808 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11809 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11810 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11814 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11815 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11816 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11817 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11820 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
11821 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11822 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11823 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11827 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
11828 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
11831 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
11833 static unsigned long
11834 size_of_dcall_table (void)
11836 unsigned long size;
11839 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11841 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
11842 size = 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
11844 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
11845 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11847 gcc_assert (p->targ_die != NULL);
11848 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11849 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11851 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11852 gcc_assert (poc_die);
11853 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11855 size += (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
11856 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset));
11858 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset);
11864 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11865 identical function have been merged. */
11868 output_dcall_table (void)
11871 unsigned long dcall_length = size_of_dcall_table ();
11873 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11874 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11876 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11877 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11878 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11879 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, dcall_length,
11880 "Length of Direct Call Table");
11881 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11882 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11883 debug_info_section,
11884 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11885 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11887 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11889 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11890 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11892 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11893 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11896 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "New caller");
11897 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset,
11898 "Caller DIE offset");
11901 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11902 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11903 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset,
11904 "Callee DIE offset");
11908 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
11910 static unsigned long
11911 size_of_vcall_table (void)
11913 unsigned long size;
11917 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
11920 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
11921 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11922 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot);
11927 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11928 identical function have been merged. */
11931 output_vcall_table (void)
11934 unsigned long vcall_length = size_of_vcall_table ();
11936 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11938 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11939 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11940 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11941 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, vcall_length,
11942 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
11943 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11944 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11946 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11948 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11949 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11950 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot, "Vtable slot");
11954 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
11955 a DIE that describes the given type.
11957 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
11958 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
11961 base_type_die (tree type)
11963 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
11964 enum dwarf_type encoding;
11966 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
11969 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
11970 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
11971 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
11972 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11974 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11977 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
11979 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11980 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
11982 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
11984 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11985 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
11987 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
11991 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
11993 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
11994 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
11996 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11999 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
12002 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12003 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
12004 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12005 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12006 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
12008 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
12011 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12012 a user defined type for it. */
12014 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
12015 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
12017 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12021 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12022 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
12026 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12027 gcc_unreachable ();
12030 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12032 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12033 if (! TYPE_NAME (type))
12034 add_name_attribute (base_type_result, "__unknown__");
12036 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
12037 int_size_in_bytes (type));
12038 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
12040 return base_type_result;
12043 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12044 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12047 is_base_type (tree type)
12049 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12055 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12063 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12064 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12065 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12068 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12075 gcc_unreachable ();
12081 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12082 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12083 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12084 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12085 ERROR_MARK node. */
12087 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12088 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12090 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12091 return BITS_PER_WORD;
12092 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12094 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
12095 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
12097 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
12100 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12101 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12104 subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
12106 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
12107 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
12109 if (context_die == NULL)
12110 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12112 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
12114 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
12116 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12117 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12118 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
12122 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
12124 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
12126 return subrange_die;
12129 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12130 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12133 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
12134 dw_die_ref context_die)
12136 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
12137 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
12138 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
12139 tree item_type = NULL;
12140 tree qualified_type;
12141 tree name, low, high;
12143 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
12146 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12149 = get_qualified_type (type,
12150 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
12151 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
12153 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12154 if (qualified_type)
12156 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12158 return mod_type_die;
12161 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
12163 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12164 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name)
12165 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name))
12167 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
12169 if (qualified_type == dtype)
12171 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12172 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
12173 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12175 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12176 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12177 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12178 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12179 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
12180 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12181 type to which it refers. */
12182 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
12183 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
12185 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12190 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12191 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
12193 else if (is_volatile_type)
12195 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12196 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
12198 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
12200 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12201 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12202 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12203 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12204 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12205 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12206 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12208 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
12210 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
12211 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, comp_unit_die,
12214 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12215 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12216 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12217 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12218 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12219 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12220 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12222 else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
12223 && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
12224 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
12226 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
12227 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12229 else if (is_base_type (type))
12230 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
12233 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12235 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12236 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12237 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12238 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12239 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12241 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12242 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
12244 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12245 not the main variant. */
12246 return lookup_type_die (type);
12249 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12250 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12251 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12252 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12253 if the base type already has the same name. */
12255 && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
12256 && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
12257 || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
12258 || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
12259 && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
12260 && DECL_NAME (name))))
12262 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
12263 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12264 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12265 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12266 name = DECL_NAME (name);
12267 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
12270 if (qualified_type)
12271 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
12274 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12275 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12276 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12277 types are possible in Ada. */
12278 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
12279 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
12280 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
12283 if (sub_die != NULL)
12284 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
12286 return mod_type_die;
12289 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12290 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12291 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12294 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
12298 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
12300 if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
12304 die = lookup_type_die (t);
12305 else if (DECL_P (t))
12306 die = lookup_decl_die (t);
12310 parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
12312 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12313 or function. End of story. */
12316 parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
12317 args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
12318 for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
12320 tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
12322 parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
12323 arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
12324 arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
12325 gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
12327 if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
12329 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12330 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12331 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12332 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12333 an argument pack. */
12334 if (arg_pack_elems)
12335 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
12339 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
12340 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
12345 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12346 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12347 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12348 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12349 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12351 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12352 as a child node. */
12355 generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
12357 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12359 dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
12360 const char *name = NULL;
12362 if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
12365 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12366 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12367 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12369 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12370 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12371 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
12372 else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
12373 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12374 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
12375 else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12376 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12377 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12378 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12379 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12380 name of the template template argument. */
12381 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
12384 gcc_unreachable ();
12390 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12391 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12392 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12393 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12397 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
12399 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
12402 if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12404 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12405 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12406 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12407 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12408 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12409 tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
12410 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
12411 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
12416 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12417 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12418 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12420 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12421 to the name of the argument. */
12422 name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
12424 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
12427 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12428 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12429 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12430 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12432 We must be careful here:
12433 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12434 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12435 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12436 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12437 emitted after cgraph computations.
12438 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12439 after cgraph is ready. */
12440 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
12446 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12447 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12448 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12451 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
12452 tree parm_pack_args,
12453 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12458 gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
12460 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
12461 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
12462 for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
12463 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
12464 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
12465 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12470 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12471 an enumerated type. */
12474 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
12476 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
12479 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12481 static unsigned int
12482 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
12484 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
12486 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
12488 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12489 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12491 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
12492 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12493 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12497 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
12500 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12501 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12502 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12505 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
12507 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
12509 if (*list_head != NULL)
12511 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12512 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
12515 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
12516 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
12520 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12521 zero if there is none. */
12523 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12524 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
12528 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12531 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
12533 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
12534 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
12536 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
12539 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12540 a given hard register number. */
12542 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12543 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
12545 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
12549 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
12551 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
12553 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12554 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12556 return reg_loc_descr;
12559 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12560 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
12562 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12563 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
12564 enum var_init_status initialized)
12566 int nregs, size, i;
12568 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12571 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12572 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12574 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
12575 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12576 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12579 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
12580 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
12582 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
12583 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
12585 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
12590 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12592 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
12593 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12594 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12595 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12601 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
12603 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
12605 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12608 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
12610 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12612 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
12613 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12614 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12615 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12616 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12619 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12620 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12624 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12626 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12628 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
12630 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12631 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12633 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12635 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12636 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
12640 op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
12641 else if (i <= 0xff)
12642 op = DW_OP_const1u;
12643 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12644 op = DW_OP_const2u;
12645 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12646 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12647 op = DW_OP_const4u;
12654 op = DW_OP_const1s;
12655 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12656 op = DW_OP_const2s;
12657 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12658 || i >= -0x80000000)
12659 op = DW_OP_const4s;
12664 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
12668 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12669 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12670 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
12672 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12673 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12676 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12678 if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12685 else if (i <= 0xff)
12687 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12689 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12690 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12693 litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
12699 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12701 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12702 || i >= -0x80000000)
12705 litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
12707 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
12708 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
12709 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
12710 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
12711 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
12712 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
12714 loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
12715 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
12716 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
12720 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
12722 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
12723 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
12727 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
12729 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12730 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
12731 enum var_init_status initialized)
12733 unsigned int regno;
12734 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
12735 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
12737 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
12738 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
12739 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
12740 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
12741 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12743 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
12747 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
12749 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
12750 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
12752 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
12753 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12754 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
12755 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
12756 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12757 : stack_pointer_rtx));
12759 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
12760 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
12761 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
12762 access stack variables. */
12763 if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
12764 && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12767 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
12768 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
12769 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
12770 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
12773 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
12774 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12779 && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg)
12780 || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg)))
12782 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
12783 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
12784 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
12785 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
12786 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
12787 else in other part of the routine. */
12788 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12791 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
12793 result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
12796 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
12798 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12799 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12804 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
12807 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
12809 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
12810 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
12811 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
12812 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
12815 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
12818 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12819 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
12822 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
12824 if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX)
12827 base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
12829 || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
12830 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
12833 loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
12834 if (loc_result == NULL)
12837 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)))
12838 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)));
12843 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
12847 expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
12849 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
12851 fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
12853 print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
12856 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
12857 print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
12859 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
12863 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
12864 or via for_each_rtx. */
12867 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12871 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC)
12873 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
12874 we can't express it in the debug info. */
12875 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12876 inform (current_function_decl
12877 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)
12878 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
12879 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
12882 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12883 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
12887 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
12890 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
12893 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
12894 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
12895 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
12898 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12899 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
12904 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
12907 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
12908 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
12909 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
12910 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
12911 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
12912 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
12914 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
12916 if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
12918 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12919 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
12927 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
12928 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
12929 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
12932 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
12934 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
12935 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
12937 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
12938 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
12943 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
12944 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
12945 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
12946 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
12948 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
12949 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
12950 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
12951 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
12953 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
12954 autoincrement addressing modes.
12956 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
12957 location list for RTL.
12959 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
12961 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12962 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
12963 enum var_init_status initialized)
12965 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
12966 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12967 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
12969 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
12970 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
12971 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
12972 zeroth element of the array. */
12974 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
12976 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
12981 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
12984 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
12985 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
12986 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
12987 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
12988 contains the given subreg. */
12989 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
12991 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
12992 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12994 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl)) != MODE_INT)
12996 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, initialized);
13000 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
13001 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
13002 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
13003 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
13004 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
13005 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
13006 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
13007 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
13008 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
13009 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
13010 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
13011 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
13012 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
13013 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13014 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13015 else if (stack_realign_drap
13017 && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
13018 && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13020 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13021 out, use DRAP instead. */
13022 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
13023 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13029 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13030 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13035 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13036 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13037 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13038 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
13042 mem_loc_result = op0;
13043 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13044 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13045 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13046 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13051 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13052 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13053 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
13054 mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13055 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
13057 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13059 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13062 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13063 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
13065 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13066 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size,
13067 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)), 0));
13071 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13072 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13073 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13078 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13080 /* ... fall through ... */
13083 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13084 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13088 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
13089 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13091 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13093 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13094 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
13097 temp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13098 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13099 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13100 temp->dtprel = true;
13102 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
13103 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
13108 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13112 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13113 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13114 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13115 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13121 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13122 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13126 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13127 PLUS code below. */
13128 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13133 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13135 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
13136 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
13137 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
13138 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
13140 /* ... fall through ... */
13144 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
13145 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
13146 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
13147 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13150 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13151 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13152 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
13155 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13156 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13159 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13160 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13161 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13162 if (mem_loc_result2 == 0)
13164 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2);
13165 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13166 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13171 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13172 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13214 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13215 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13216 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13217 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13219 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13222 mem_loc_result = op0;
13223 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13224 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13228 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13229 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13230 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13231 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13233 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13236 mem_loc_result = op0;
13237 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13238 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13239 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13240 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
13241 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13242 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
13258 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13259 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13264 mem_loc_result = op0;
13265 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13269 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
13297 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13298 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13302 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13304 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13305 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13306 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13309 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13310 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13311 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13312 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13314 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13317 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13318 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13320 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode);
13321 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13322 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13323 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13324 if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
13326 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13328 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13329 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13332 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13333 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13335 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13336 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13337 if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13338 && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13339 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13340 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13341 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13342 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13343 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
13344 && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13345 && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13346 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13347 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13348 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
13349 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13350 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13351 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
13354 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13355 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13356 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13357 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
13360 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13361 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13367 mem_loc_result = op0;
13368 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13369 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13370 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
13372 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13373 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
13374 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13395 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13396 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13400 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13402 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13403 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13404 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13407 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13408 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13409 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13410 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13412 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13415 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13416 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13418 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
13419 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13421 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13422 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13425 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13426 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13428 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13429 op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
13430 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13431 else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13432 || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13433 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13435 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13436 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13438 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13439 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
13440 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13441 else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13442 || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13443 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13445 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13446 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13451 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13452 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13453 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13454 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13455 op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
13456 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13458 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
13468 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
13469 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13470 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13473 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13474 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13475 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13476 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13478 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13481 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
13482 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13483 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13484 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
13486 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13488 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13489 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13490 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13491 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13492 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13496 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13497 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13498 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13499 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13502 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13504 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13505 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13506 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13507 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13508 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13509 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13510 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13513 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
13517 mem_loc_result = op0;
13518 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13519 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13521 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
13523 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
13524 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
13525 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13526 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
13527 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
13528 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13529 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
13535 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13536 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13537 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13538 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13539 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)))
13540 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13541 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13544 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13545 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13548 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
13552 mem_loc_result = op0;
13553 size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13554 shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
13555 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13556 shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13558 if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13560 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13561 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13563 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13565 if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13567 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13568 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
13569 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13579 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13580 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13607 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
13609 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
13612 case FRACT_CONVERT:
13613 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
13615 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
13627 case VEC_DUPLICATE:
13630 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13631 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13636 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
13640 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13641 print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
13642 gcc_unreachable ();
13648 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13649 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13651 return mem_loc_result;
13654 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13655 This is typically a complex variable. */
13657 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13658 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
13660 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13661 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13662 = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13663 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13664 = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13666 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
13669 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
13670 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
13672 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
13673 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
13675 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13676 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13678 return cc_loc_result;
13681 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13684 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13685 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
13688 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13689 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
13691 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
13693 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
13694 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
13696 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13700 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
13701 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
13704 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13705 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13707 return cc_loc_result;
13710 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13711 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13712 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13713 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13714 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13716 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13717 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13718 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13720 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
13722 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13723 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
13724 enum var_init_status initialized)
13726 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
13728 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
13731 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13732 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13733 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13734 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13735 contains the given subreg. */
13736 loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), mode, initialized);
13740 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13745 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13749 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13751 if (loc_result == NULL)
13752 loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13753 if (loc_result == NULL)
13755 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13756 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13757 loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13762 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
13767 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13772 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl)) != PARALLEL)
13774 rtx loc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl);
13775 if (GET_CODE (loc) == EXPR_LIST)
13776 loc = XEXP (loc, 0);
13777 loc_result = loc_descriptor (loc, mode, initialized);
13781 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13786 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
13787 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
13788 enum machine_mode mode;
13791 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
13792 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
13793 VOIDmode, initialized);
13794 if (loc_result == NULL)
13796 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
13797 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13798 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
13800 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13802 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
13803 VOIDmode, initialized);
13806 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
13807 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
13808 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13814 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
13815 loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
13820 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13821 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13823 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13825 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13827 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
13828 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13829 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
13830 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13831 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13832 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
13833 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
13835 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
13836 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
13838 insert_float (rtl, array);
13839 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13840 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
13841 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
13842 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13846 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
13847 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.high
13848 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl);
13849 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.low
13850 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl);
13856 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13857 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13859 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13861 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
13862 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
13863 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
13867 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13868 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
13870 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
13871 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13873 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13874 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
13876 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
13884 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
13885 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
13889 gcc_unreachable ();
13892 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
13893 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
13896 unsigned char *p0 = p;
13897 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
13899 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
13900 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13905 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
13906 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
13911 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
13912 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13914 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13915 insert_float (elt, p);
13920 gcc_unreachable ();
13923 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13924 length * elt_size, 0);
13925 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13926 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
13927 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
13928 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13933 if (mode == VOIDmode
13934 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT
13935 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
13936 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
13938 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13943 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13946 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13947 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13949 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13950 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13951 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13952 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13953 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13958 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
13959 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13960 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13962 /* Value expression. */
13963 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
13965 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
13966 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13974 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
13975 address ranges where a given location is valid.
13976 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
13977 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
13978 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
13979 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
13981 static const char *
13982 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
13984 const char *secname;
13986 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
13988 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
13989 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
13991 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13993 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
13994 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
13996 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
13997 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
13999 secname = text_section_label;
14004 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
14007 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
14009 return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
14010 || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
14011 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
14014 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14017 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14018 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
14019 enum var_init_status initialized)
14021 int have_address = 0;
14022 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14023 enum machine_mode mode;
14025 if (want_address != 2)
14027 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
14029 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
14031 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
14032 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
14033 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14034 mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
14035 if (MEM_P (varloc))
14037 rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14038 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, mode, initialized);
14043 rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc);
14045 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, initialized);
14049 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
14056 descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, DECL_MODE (loc), initialized);
14063 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14064 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14066 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14068 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14069 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14072 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14075 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14076 if (want_address && !have_address)
14078 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14079 "Want address and only have value");
14083 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14084 if (!want_address && have_address)
14086 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14087 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14089 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14091 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14092 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14095 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14098 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14100 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14106 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14107 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14110 static dw_loc_list_ref
14111 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
14113 const char *endname, *secname;
14115 enum var_init_status initialized;
14116 struct var_loc_node *node;
14117 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14118 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
14119 dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL;
14120 dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list;
14122 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14123 actually construct the list of locations.
14124 The first location information is what is passed to the
14125 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14126 locations just get added on to that list.
14127 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14128 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14129 the range [current location start, next location start].
14130 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14131 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14133 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
14135 for (node = loc_list->first; node->next; node = node->next)
14136 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
14138 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14139 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14140 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14141 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14142 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14145 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, node->next->label,
14147 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14151 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14152 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14153 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
14155 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14156 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14157 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14160 if (!current_function_decl)
14161 endname = text_end_label;
14164 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
14165 current_function_funcdef_no);
14166 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
14169 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname);
14170 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14174 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14175 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14176 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14177 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14178 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14180 if (list && loc_list->first->next)
14186 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14187 as location description. */
14190 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
14192 gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol);
14193 return !list->ll_symbol;
14196 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14199 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
14201 dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
14202 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
14203 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14206 copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14207 memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14208 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
14209 while (copy->dw_loc_next)
14211 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14212 memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14213 copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
14216 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14220 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14221 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14222 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14223 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14225 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14226 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14227 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14228 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14232 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
14241 if (!list->dw_loc_next)
14243 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
14246 if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
14248 add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
14252 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
14253 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14254 " location lists.\n");
14259 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14260 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14262 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14263 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
14265 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14266 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
14267 enum machine_mode mode;
14269 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
14274 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
14276 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14277 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14279 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
14281 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14282 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14285 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14286 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14287 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14290 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14291 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14292 into simple arithmetics. */
14294 static dw_loc_list_ref
14295 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev)
14298 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14299 enum machine_mode mode;
14301 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14302 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14304 obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
14305 &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14306 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14308 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
14310 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
14313 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
14315 expansion_failed (obj,
14316 NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14319 if (!offset && !bitpos)
14320 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1);
14322 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14323 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14325 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0);
14330 /* Variable offset. */
14331 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14332 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14334 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14337 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14338 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14340 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14342 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14343 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
14345 else if (bytepos < 0)
14346 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14347 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14348 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14354 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14355 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14356 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14357 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14358 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14359 to refer to register values). */
14361 static dw_loc_list_ref
14362 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14364 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
14365 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14366 int have_address = 0;
14367 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14369 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14370 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14373 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
14376 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
14379 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
14380 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14381 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14382 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14383 the names of types. */
14384 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14388 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
14389 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14392 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
14393 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
14394 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
14395 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
14396 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14397 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14401 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14402 e.g. for &this->field. */
14405 list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14406 (loc, want_address == 2);
14409 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
14410 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14413 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14414 if (!list_ret && !ret)
14415 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
14419 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14425 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
14428 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op;
14429 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op;
14430 bool dtprel = false;
14432 if (targetm.have_tls)
14434 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14436 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
14439 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14440 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14442 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
14444 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14446 second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
14450 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
14451 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
14453 loc = emutls_decl (loc);
14454 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14455 second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
14458 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14459 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14464 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14465 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
14468 ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
14469 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14470 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14471 ret->dtprel = dtprel;
14473 ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
14474 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
14482 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
14483 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
14488 case FUNCTION_DECL:
14491 var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
14493 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
14495 list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address);
14496 have_address = want_address != 0;
14499 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14500 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14502 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
14505 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
14507 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
14508 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14509 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
14510 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
14512 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
14514 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
14517 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14519 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14520 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14521 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14525 enum machine_mode mode;
14527 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14528 if (want_address == 2)
14530 ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
14531 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14536 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14539 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14542 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14545 expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
14546 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14552 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF:
14553 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF:
14554 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14558 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
14559 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
14562 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
14565 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
14567 case COMPONENT_REF:
14568 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
14570 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
14571 case REALPART_EXPR:
14572 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
14575 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14576 enum machine_mode mode;
14578 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14580 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14581 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14583 gcc_assert (obj != loc);
14585 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
14587 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1);
14588 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14589 for nonzero bitpos. */
14592 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
14594 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14595 "bitfield access");
14599 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
14601 /* Variable offset. */
14602 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14603 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14605 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14608 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14611 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14613 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
14614 else if (bytepos < 0)
14615 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14622 if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0))
14623 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14625 else if (want_address == 2
14626 && host_integerp (loc, 0)
14627 && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
14628 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
14629 tree_low_cst (loc, 0))))
14631 else if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
14632 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
14635 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14636 "Integer operand is not host integer");
14645 if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14648 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
14649 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14650 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
14653 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
14654 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
14659 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
14664 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
14665 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
14670 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
14671 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
14672 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
14673 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
14674 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14683 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
14684 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
14685 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
14686 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
14687 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14692 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14693 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14694 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14697 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14700 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14701 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14702 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
14703 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
14704 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
14716 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
14719 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
14721 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
14722 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
14724 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14728 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
14736 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14743 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14750 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14757 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14772 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14773 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14774 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14777 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14780 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14783 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
14797 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14801 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14807 const enum tree_code code =
14808 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
14810 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
14811 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
14812 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
14813 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
14816 /* ... fall through ... */
14820 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
14821 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14822 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
14823 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
14824 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
14826 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14827 if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
14830 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
14831 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
14833 add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
14834 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
14835 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
14837 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
14838 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14839 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
14841 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
14842 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
14843 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
14844 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14845 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
14849 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
14853 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
14854 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
14855 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
14856 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
14858 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14859 "language specific tree node");
14863 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14864 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
14865 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
14866 gcc_unreachable ();
14868 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
14869 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
14874 if (!ret && !list_ret)
14877 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14878 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14880 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14882 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14883 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14887 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14889 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14890 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14893 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14894 if (want_address && !have_address)
14896 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14897 "Want address and only have value");
14901 gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
14903 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14904 if (!want_address && have_address)
14906 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14908 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14910 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14911 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14914 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14917 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14920 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14922 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14925 list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL);
14930 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
14931 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14932 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14934 dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address);
14937 if (ret->dw_loc_next)
14939 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14940 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
14946 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
14947 which is not less than the value itself. */
14949 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14950 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
14952 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
14955 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
14956 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
14957 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
14958 ERROR_MARK node. */
14961 field_type (const_tree decl)
14965 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
14966 return integer_type_node;
14968 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
14969 if (type == NULL_TREE)
14970 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
14975 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
14976 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
14977 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
14979 static inline unsigned
14980 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
14982 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14985 static inline unsigned
14986 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
14988 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14991 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
14993 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14994 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t, unsigned int align)
14996 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
14997 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
14998 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
14999 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
15000 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) t;
15006 return (HOST_WIDE_INT) u;
15009 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
15010 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
15011 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
15012 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
15013 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
15016 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15017 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
15019 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
15020 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
15022 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15025 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
15027 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
15028 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
15029 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
15030 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
15033 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
15035 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
15036 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
15039 tree field_size_tree;
15040 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
15041 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
15042 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
15043 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
15044 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
15046 type = field_type (decl);
15047 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
15048 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
15050 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
15052 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15053 a flexible array member. */
15054 if (!field_size_tree)
15055 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
15057 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
15058 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
15059 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
15061 field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
15063 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
15065 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15066 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15067 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15068 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15069 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15070 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15071 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15072 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15073 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15075 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15077 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15078 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15079 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15080 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15081 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15082 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15083 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15084 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15085 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15086 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15087 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15089 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15090 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15091 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15092 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15093 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15094 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15095 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15096 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15097 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15098 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15101 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15102 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15103 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15104 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15105 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15106 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15107 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15109 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15110 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15111 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
15113 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15114 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15116 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15118 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15120 object_offset_in_bits
15121 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
15123 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
15125 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15127 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15128 object_offset_in_bits
15129 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
15134 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
15136 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15139 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15140 associated with them. */
15142 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15144 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15145 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15146 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15149 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
15150 dw_loc_list_ref descr)
15154 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
15155 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
15157 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
15160 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15161 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15162 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15163 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15164 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15165 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15168 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15169 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15170 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15171 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15172 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15173 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15174 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15175 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15176 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15177 function below.) */
15180 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15182 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
15183 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
15185 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
15187 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15188 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
15190 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15191 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15192 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15193 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15195 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15197 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15199 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
15201 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15202 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
15203 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15205 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15206 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15207 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15209 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15210 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
15211 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
15213 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
15214 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15215 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
15216 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15218 /* Extract the offset. */
15219 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15220 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15222 /* Add it to the object address. */
15223 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
15224 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15227 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
15230 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
15234 if (dwarf_version > 2)
15236 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15237 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
15242 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
15244 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15245 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15246 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15248 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15249 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15250 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15254 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
15257 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
15261 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
15264 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15267 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
15271 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
15277 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15279 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15280 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
15282 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
15288 val |= *--src & 0xff;
15294 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15297 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
15299 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
15303 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
15304 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
15306 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15307 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
15309 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
15314 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15315 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15316 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15317 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15318 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15321 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
15323 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
15327 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
15330 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
15332 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
15337 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15338 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15339 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15342 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15344 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
15346 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
15347 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
15349 insert_float (rtl, array);
15350 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
15353 add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
15354 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
15360 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15361 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
15362 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
15363 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
15367 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
15369 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
15370 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15372 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15373 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
15375 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
15383 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
15384 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
15388 gcc_unreachable ();
15391 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
15392 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
15395 unsigned char *p0 = p;
15396 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
15398 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
15399 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
15404 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
15405 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
15410 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
15411 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15413 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15414 insert_float (elt, p);
15419 gcc_unreachable ();
15422 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
15427 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15429 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
15430 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
15432 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
15433 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
15434 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
15435 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15436 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result);
15437 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
15443 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15444 return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
15447 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
15450 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15455 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15456 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15457 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15458 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15459 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15460 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15461 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15462 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15463 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15464 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15465 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15473 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15474 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
15475 && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
15477 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
15483 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15484 gcc_unreachable ();
15489 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15490 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15493 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
15494 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15496 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
15497 *walk_subtrees = 0;
15499 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
15500 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15502 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15503 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15504 be conservative. */
15505 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15506 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
15508 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
15510 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (*tp);
15514 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
15515 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
15517 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15518 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15519 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15520 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15521 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp))
15524 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15530 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15531 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15534 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
15536 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
15538 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15539 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15540 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15542 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15543 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
15544 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15546 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
15548 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
15549 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
15550 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
15551 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
15552 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
15554 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
15555 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
15556 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
15557 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
15560 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15562 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
15564 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15565 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15566 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
15568 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15569 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15570 reference variables which won't be output. */
15571 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
15572 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
15574 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15576 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
15577 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15582 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
15584 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
15585 bool constant_p = true;
15587 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
15589 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15590 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15591 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
15592 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
15593 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
15595 constant_p = false;
15601 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
15611 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
15613 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
15614 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
15620 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
15623 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
15627 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
15628 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
15629 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
15631 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
15632 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
15633 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
15634 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
15635 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
15636 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
15637 referenced within the function.
15639 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
15640 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
15641 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
15642 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
15644 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
15645 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
15646 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
15647 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
15648 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
15649 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
15651 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
15652 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
15653 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
15654 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
15655 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
15656 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
15657 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
15658 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
15659 output at debug-time.
15661 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
15662 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
15663 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
15664 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15665 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15666 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
15667 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
15668 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
15669 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
15670 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
15671 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
15672 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
15673 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
15675 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
15676 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
15677 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
15678 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
15679 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
15680 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
15681 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
15682 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
15683 I'd like to fix it.
15685 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
15686 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
15687 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
15688 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
15689 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
15690 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
15691 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
15692 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
15693 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
15694 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
15695 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
15697 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
15698 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
15700 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
15701 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
15702 fixed registers. */
15703 if (! reload_completed)
15706 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
15708 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15710 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15711 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
15713 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15718 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
15720 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
15722 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
15723 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
15724 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
15725 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
15727 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
15728 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
15729 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
15730 if (dmode == pmode)
15731 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15732 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
15733 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15734 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15736 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15739 else if (MEM_P (inc))
15741 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15742 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
15743 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15744 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
15751 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
15752 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
15753 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
15754 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
15755 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
15756 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
15758 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
15759 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
15760 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15761 /* Not passed in memory. */
15762 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15763 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
15764 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15765 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15766 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
15767 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15768 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
15771 /* Big endian correction check. */
15772 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15773 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
15774 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
15777 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
15778 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
15780 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15781 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
15784 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15787 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
15788 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15790 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
15791 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
15793 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
15794 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
15795 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
15796 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
15797 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
15798 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
15800 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15801 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
15804 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
15805 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
15806 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
15807 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
15808 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
15811 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15813 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
15814 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
15815 code, and thus is not emitted. */
15817 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
15819 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
15820 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
15822 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
15823 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15824 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
15825 && TREE_STATIC (decl)
15826 && DECL_NAME (decl)
15827 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl)
15828 && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode)
15830 rtl = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl);
15832 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
15833 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl)
15840 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
15841 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
15842 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
15845 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
15847 tree val_expr, cvar;
15848 enum machine_mode mode;
15849 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
15851 int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
15853 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
15854 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
15855 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
15856 be handled as such. */
15857 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
15858 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
15859 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
15863 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
15864 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
15867 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
15868 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
15870 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
15871 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
15872 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
15873 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
15877 if (offset != NULL)
15879 if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
15881 *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
15884 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15889 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
15890 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
15891 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
15892 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
15893 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
15894 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
15895 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
15896 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
15897 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
15898 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
15901 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
15902 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
15905 dw_loc_list_ref list;
15906 var_loc_list *loc_list;
15908 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15911 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
15912 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
15914 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
15917 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
15918 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15919 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15922 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
15923 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
15924 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
15925 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
15928 && loc_list->first == loc_list->last
15929 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->var_loc_note)
15930 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->var_loc_note))
15932 struct var_loc_node *node;
15934 node = loc_list->first;
15935 rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note);
15936 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == EXPR_LIST)
15937 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
15938 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15939 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15942 list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
15945 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
15948 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
15949 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
15950 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
15953 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
15956 defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
15958 deferred_locations entry;
15959 entry.variable = variable;
15961 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry);
15964 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
15965 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
15968 native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
15972 if (init == NULL_TREE)
15976 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15979 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15980 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15982 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15983 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15985 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
15987 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15989 if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
15991 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
15992 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15993 memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
15994 '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15997 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
16002 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
16003 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16005 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16007 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
16008 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16009 int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
16010 constructor_elt *ce;
16012 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
16013 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0))
16016 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
16017 if (fieldsize <= 0)
16020 min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0);
16021 memset (array, '\0', size);
16023 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16026 tree val = ce->value;
16027 tree index = ce->index;
16029 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16030 pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index)
16033 pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize;
16038 if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16041 curpos = pos + fieldsize;
16042 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16044 int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
16045 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
16049 memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
16050 curpos += fieldsize;
16053 gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
16057 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
16058 || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
16060 tree field = NULL_TREE;
16061 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16062 constructor_elt *ce;
16064 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16067 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
16068 field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
16071 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16072 cnt++, field = field ? TREE_CHAIN (field) : 0)
16074 tree val = ce->value;
16075 int pos, fieldsize;
16077 if (ce->index != 0)
16083 if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
16086 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16087 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
16088 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
16090 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
16091 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0))
16093 fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0);
16094 pos = int_byte_position (field);
16095 gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
16097 && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16103 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16104 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
16105 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
16107 return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
16111 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16112 attribute is the const value T. */
16115 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
16118 tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
16121 if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
16125 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
16127 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
16129 return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
16130 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16131 else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
16132 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
16134 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
16135 if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
16137 unsigned char *array = GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size);
16139 if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
16141 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
16149 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16150 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16151 variable with static storage duration
16152 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16155 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
16159 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16160 && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL))
16163 if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
16164 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
16165 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16170 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16171 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
16174 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
16177 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16178 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16179 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16180 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16183 static dw_loc_list_ref
16184 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16187 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
16189 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
16190 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
16191 dw_cfa_location remember;
16193 fde = current_fde ();
16194 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
16196 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
16200 memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
16201 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
16202 remember = next_cfa;
16204 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
16206 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16207 advance opcodes. */
16208 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16209 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16211 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16212 last_label = start_label;
16214 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16215 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
16217 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
16218 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
16219 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
16220 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
16221 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16223 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16224 start_label, last_label, section);
16226 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16227 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16228 start_label = last_label;
16230 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
16233 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
16234 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16235 gcc_unreachable ();
16238 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16242 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16244 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16245 start_label, last_label, section);
16246 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16247 start_label = last_label;
16250 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
16251 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
16253 if (list && list->dw_loc_next)
16259 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16260 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16261 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16262 before the latter is negated. */
16265 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16269 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16270 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
16271 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16273 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
16274 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16277 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
16278 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
16280 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
16281 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
16284 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16285 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16286 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
16287 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
16288 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16289 : stack_pointer_rtx));
16291 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
16294 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16295 the value of the attribute. */
16298 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
16300 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
16302 if (demangle_name_func)
16303 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
16305 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
16309 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16312 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
16314 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
16320 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
16324 wdlen = strlen (wd);
16325 wd1 = GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen + 2);
16327 wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
16328 wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
16332 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
16335 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
16339 lower_bound_default (void)
16341 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language))
16346 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus:
16348 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus:
16351 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
16352 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
16353 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
16357 case DW_LANG_Python:
16358 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 0 : -1;
16359 case DW_LANG_Ada95:
16360 case DW_LANG_Ada83:
16361 case DW_LANG_Cobol74:
16362 case DW_LANG_Cobol85:
16363 case DW_LANG_Pascal83:
16364 case DW_LANG_Modula2:
16366 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 1 : -1;
16372 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16373 a representation for that bound. */
16376 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
16378 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
16383 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16386 unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound));
16389 /* Use the default if possible. */
16390 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
16391 && host_integerp (bound, 0)
16392 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
16393 && tree_low_cst (bound, 0) == dflt)
16396 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16397 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16398 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16399 else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
16401 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16402 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1;
16403 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16404 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask);
16406 else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16407 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0)
16408 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16409 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16411 add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound),
16412 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16417 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16418 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
16428 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
16430 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16431 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16432 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16433 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16434 later parameter. */
16435 if (decl_die != NULL)
16437 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16445 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16446 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
16448 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
16449 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16451 list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 2);
16452 if (list == NULL || single_element_loc_list_p (list))
16454 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
16455 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
16456 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
16457 If that fails to give a single element list,
16458 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
16459 dw_loc_list_ref list2 = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0);
16460 if (list2 && single_element_loc_list_p (list2))
16462 add_AT_loc (subrange_die, bound_attr, list2->expr);
16469 if (current_function_decl == 0)
16470 ctx = comp_unit_die;
16472 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
16474 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
16475 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16476 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
16477 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
16478 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16484 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16485 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16486 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16487 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16490 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
16492 unsigned dimension_number;
16494 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
16496 for (dimension_number = 0;
16497 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
16498 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
16500 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
16502 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
16505 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16506 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16508 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
16511 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16512 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
16513 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
16515 /* Define the index type. */
16516 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
16518 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16519 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16520 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16521 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
16522 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
16523 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16524 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
16527 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
16531 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16532 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16534 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16535 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16536 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16538 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
16540 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
16543 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16544 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16550 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
16554 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
16559 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
16562 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
16563 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
16566 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16567 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16568 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16569 even for bit-fields. */
16570 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16573 gcc_unreachable ();
16576 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16577 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16578 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16579 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
16580 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16583 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16584 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16585 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16588 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16589 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16590 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16591 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
16592 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16593 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16595 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16596 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16597 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
16600 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16602 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
16603 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
16604 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
16605 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
16606 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
16607 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
16609 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16610 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
16612 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16613 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16614 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
16615 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
16616 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16619 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
16621 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16622 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16623 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16624 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16625 below must take account of these differences. */
16626 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
16627 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
16629 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16631 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
16632 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
16636 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16637 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
16638 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
16640 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
16643 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
16644 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
16647 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16649 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16650 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
16651 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
16653 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16654 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
16657 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
16658 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
16661 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
16663 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
16664 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
16665 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
16668 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
16669 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
16672 static inline dw_die_ref
16673 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
16675 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
16677 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
16679 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
16680 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
16681 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
16683 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
16684 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
16688 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
16690 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
16692 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
16695 if (DECL_P (origin))
16696 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
16697 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
16698 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
16700 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
16701 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
16702 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
16703 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
16704 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
16705 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
16706 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
16710 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
16714 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
16717 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
16719 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
16721 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
16723 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
16724 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
16725 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
16726 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
16729 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
16730 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16731 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))
16732 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
16733 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
16737 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
16740 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16742 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
16744 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
16745 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
16748 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
16749 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
16752 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16756 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
16757 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
16759 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
16761 add_name_attribute (die, name);
16762 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
16763 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
16765 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
16766 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
16767 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
16768 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
16771 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
16772 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
16774 limbo_die_node *asm_name;
16776 asm_name = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
16777 asm_name->die = die;
16778 asm_name->created_for = decl;
16779 asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
16780 deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
16782 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
16783 add_AT_string (die, AT_linkage_name,
16784 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
16788 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16789 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16790 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16791 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
16793 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
16794 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16795 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16800 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
16803 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
16805 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
16808 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
16811 pop_decl_scope (void)
16813 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
16816 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
16817 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
16818 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
16819 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
16820 the current active scope. */
16823 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
16825 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
16826 tree containing_scope;
16829 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
16830 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
16832 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
16834 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
16835 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
16837 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
16840 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16843 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
16844 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
16845 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
16846 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
16847 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16849 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
16850 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16851 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
16853 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
16854 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
16855 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
16856 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
16857 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
16862 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16863 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
16865 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
16866 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16869 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
16872 scope_die = context_die;
16877 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
16880 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16882 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
16883 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
16884 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
16890 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
16893 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16895 return (context_die
16896 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
16897 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
16898 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
16899 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
16902 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
16903 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
16906 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16908 return (class_scope_p (context_die)
16909 || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
16912 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
16913 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
16914 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
16917 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
16918 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
16920 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
16921 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
16923 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
16924 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
16925 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
16926 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
16927 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
16928 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
16929 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
16931 if (code == ERROR_MARK
16932 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
16933 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
16934 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
16935 || code == VOID_TYPE)
16938 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
16939 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
16940 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
16943 if (type_die != NULL)
16944 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
16947 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
16948 function call type. */
16950 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
16952 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
16954 value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
16955 targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
16957 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
16958 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
16959 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
16960 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
16961 time being, following existing custom. */
16963 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
16964 value = DW_CC_program;
16966 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
16967 is not DW_CC_normal. */
16968 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
16969 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
16972 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
16973 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
16974 was declared without a tag. */
16976 static const char *
16977 type_tag (const_tree type)
16979 const char *name = 0;
16981 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
16985 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
16986 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
16987 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
16989 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
16990 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
16992 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
16993 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16995 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
16996 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
16997 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
16998 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
16999 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
17000 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
17003 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
17004 if (!name && t != 0)
17005 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
17008 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
17011 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
17012 for bit field types. */
17015 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
17017 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
17018 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
17021 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17022 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17025 static const char *
17026 decl_start_label (tree decl)
17029 const char *fnname;
17031 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
17032 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
17035 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
17037 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
17042 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
17043 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
17044 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
17047 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17049 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17050 dw_die_ref array_die;
17052 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
17053 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
17054 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
17055 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
17056 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
17057 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
17058 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
17059 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
17060 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
17062 bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
17065 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
17066 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
17067 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
17068 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17070 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
17072 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17074 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
17075 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17076 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17077 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
17079 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17080 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
17081 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
17082 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
17084 tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
17085 dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2);
17087 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
17088 if (loc && size > 0)
17090 add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
17091 if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17092 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17098 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
17099 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
17100 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
17101 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
17104 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17105 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
17106 collapse_nested_arrays = false;
17109 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17110 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17111 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17113 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
17115 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
17116 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
17117 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
17118 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
17121 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17123 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17124 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17125 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
17126 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17129 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17130 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17131 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17132 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17133 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17134 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17135 for multidimensional arrays. */
17136 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
17139 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17140 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17141 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
17142 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
17143 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17146 add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
17148 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17149 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17150 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
17151 if (collapse_nested_arrays)
17152 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
17154 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
17156 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
17159 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17160 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
17163 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17165 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17166 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17169 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17170 descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
17172 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17173 dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
17174 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
17176 if (val == base_decl)
17177 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
17179 switch (TREE_CODE (val))
17182 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17184 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0);
17186 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17187 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17190 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
17193 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17196 if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17197 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
17199 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
17201 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
17203 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17204 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17207 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17210 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0));
17216 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17219 loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
17222 add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
17223 add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
17245 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
17246 tree val, tree base_decl)
17248 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
17250 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17252 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17256 loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
17260 add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
17263 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17264 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17267 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
17268 dw_die_ref context_die)
17270 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17271 dw_die_ref array_die;
17274 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17275 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17276 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17278 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17280 && info->ndimensions >= 2)
17281 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17283 if (info->data_location)
17284 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
17286 if (info->associated)
17287 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
17289 if (info->allocated)
17290 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
17293 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
17295 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17296 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
17298 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
17300 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17303 if (host_integerp (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0)
17304 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
17305 && tree_low_cst (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0) == dflt)
17308 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
17309 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
17312 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
17313 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
17314 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
17316 if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
17317 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
17318 info->dimen[dim].stride,
17322 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
17323 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17325 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17326 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17331 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17333 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17334 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
17336 if (origin != NULL)
17337 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
17340 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
17341 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17342 0, 0, context_die);
17345 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17346 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
17348 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
17352 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17353 emit full debugging info for them. */
17356 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17360 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
17361 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i),
17362 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
17363 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
17366 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17368 static enum dwarf_tag
17369 record_type_tag (tree type)
17371 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
17372 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17374 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
17376 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
17377 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17379 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
17380 return DW_TAG_class_type;
17382 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
17383 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17384 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
17385 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17388 gcc_unreachable ();
17392 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17393 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17394 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17398 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17400 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17402 if (type_die == NULL)
17404 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
17405 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
17406 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
17407 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
17408 if ((dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
17409 && ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type))
17410 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_enum_class, 1);
17412 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
17415 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17417 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17418 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17419 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17420 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
17424 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
17425 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
17426 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
17427 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
17429 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17430 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17431 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
17432 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
17434 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
17435 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17437 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
17438 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
17440 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
17441 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
17443 if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
17444 value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
17446 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
17447 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17448 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
17449 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17450 values as if they were signed. That means that
17451 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17452 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
17453 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
17454 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
17458 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17460 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
17461 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
17466 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17467 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17470 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17471 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17472 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17473 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17474 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17475 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17476 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17477 argument type of some subprogram type.
17478 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17482 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
17483 dw_die_ref context_die)
17485 tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
17486 tree ultimate_origin;
17487 dw_die_ref parm_die
17488 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
17490 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
17492 case tcc_declaration:
17493 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin);
17494 if (node || ultimate_origin)
17495 origin = ultimate_origin;
17496 if (origin != NULL)
17497 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
17500 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node);
17502 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
17503 if (decl_by_reference_p (node))
17504 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0,
17507 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
17508 TREE_READONLY (node),
17509 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
17511 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
17512 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17515 if (node && node != origin)
17516 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
17517 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
17518 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
17524 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17525 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die);
17529 gcc_unreachable ();
17535 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17536 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17539 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17540 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17541 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17542 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17543 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17544 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17547 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
17549 dw_die_ref subr_die,
17553 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
17555 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17556 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
17559 parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
17560 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
17562 for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg))
17564 if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
17567 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
17568 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17573 return parm_pack_die;
17576 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17577 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17580 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17582 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
17585 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17586 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17587 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17588 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
17591 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17594 tree formal_type = NULL;
17595 tree first_parm_type;
17598 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17600 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
17601 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
17606 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17608 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17609 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
17610 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
17612 dw_die_ref parm_die;
17614 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
17615 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
17618 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
17619 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
17620 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
17622 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
17623 && link == first_parm_type)
17624 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
17625 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17627 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
17629 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
17632 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
17633 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
17634 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
17635 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
17637 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
17638 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
17639 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17640 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
17641 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17642 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
17645 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
17646 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
17647 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
17648 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
17649 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
17652 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
17654 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
17656 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
17657 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
17658 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
17659 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
17660 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
17662 dw_die_ref type_die;
17663 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
17665 push_decl_scope (type);
17666 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17667 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17668 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
17669 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
17671 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
17672 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
17673 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
17674 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
17675 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
17677 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
17678 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
17682 gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
17688 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
17689 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
17692 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
17694 dw_die_ref old_die;
17698 htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
17700 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
17701 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
17703 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17704 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17705 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
17708 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
17709 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
17710 get locations in abstract instantces. */
17711 old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
17712 decl_loc_table = NULL;
17714 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
17715 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
17716 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17718 context = decl_class_context (decl);
17720 gen_type_die_for_member
17721 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
17724 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
17725 save_fn = current_function_decl;
17726 current_function_decl = decl;
17727 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
17729 was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
17730 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
17731 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
17732 if (! was_abstract)
17733 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
17735 current_function_decl = save_fn;
17736 decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
17740 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
17743 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17744 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
17747 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17752 type = (tree) *slot;
17753 die = lookup_type_die (type);
17755 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17759 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
17760 through htab_traverse.
17762 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17763 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
17764 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
17767 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot,
17768 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17770 struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
17773 entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
17774 gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
17775 && entry->var_decl != NULL);
17776 die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
17779 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
17780 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
17781 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (entry->var_decl);
17784 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17785 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
17786 while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
17787 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17793 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
17796 premark_used_types (void)
17798 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
17799 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
17802 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
17805 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
17807 if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
17808 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash,
17809 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL);
17812 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
17816 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17818 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
17819 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17820 dw_die_ref subr_die;
17823 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17824 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
17825 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
17827 premark_used_types ();
17829 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
17830 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
17831 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
17832 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
17833 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
17835 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
17836 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
17839 gcc_assert (!old_die);
17842 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
17843 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
17844 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
17845 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
17846 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
17847 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17848 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
17850 if (origin != NULL)
17852 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
17854 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
17855 inline function. */
17856 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
17857 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
17859 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17860 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
17864 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17865 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
17867 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
17868 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
17869 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
17870 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
17871 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17873 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
17874 something we have already output. */
17878 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
17879 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
17880 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
17881 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
17882 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
17883 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
17884 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
17885 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
17886 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
17887 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
17888 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
17889 == (unsigned) s.line))))
17891 subr_die = old_die;
17893 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
17894 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
17895 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
17896 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
17897 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
17898 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17899 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
17903 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17904 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
17905 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
17906 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
17907 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
17908 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17913 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17915 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
17916 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
17918 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
17919 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17921 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
17922 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17923 0, 0, context_die);
17926 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
17927 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17928 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17930 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
17931 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
17932 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
17933 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
17938 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17940 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17942 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
17943 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
17944 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
17945 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
17946 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
17948 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
17949 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
17950 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
17951 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
17953 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
17954 later reused to represent definition. */
17955 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17958 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17960 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
17962 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17963 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
17965 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
17969 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17970 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
17972 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
17975 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
17976 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
17977 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17979 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17981 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
17983 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
17985 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17986 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17988 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
17990 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
17991 current_function_funcdef_no);
17992 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
17993 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
17994 current_function_funcdef_no);
17995 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
17997 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17998 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18001 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
18002 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
18003 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
18005 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
18006 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
18007 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
18008 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
18010 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18011 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18012 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18016 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18017 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
18018 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
18021 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
18023 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
18024 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
18025 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
18026 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
18027 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
18028 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
18029 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
18031 if (dwarf_version >= 3)
18033 dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
18034 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
18038 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
18039 if (list->dw_loc_next)
18040 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
18042 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
18045 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
18046 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
18047 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
18048 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
18049 by this displacement. */
18050 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
18052 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
18053 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
18054 loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2));
18057 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18058 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18059 gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
18061 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
18062 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
18063 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
18064 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
18065 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
18066 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
18067 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
18068 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
18069 an ellipsis at the end. */
18071 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
18072 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
18073 its formal parameters. */
18074 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18076 else if (declaration)
18077 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
18080 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
18081 tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
18082 tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
18083 tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
18084 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
18087 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
18088 emit their relevant DIEs.
18090 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
18091 as well as it being a normal function.
18093 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
18094 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
18095 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
18096 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
18097 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
18098 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
18099 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
18100 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
18101 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
18104 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
18105 while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
18107 if (generic_decl_parm
18108 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
18109 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
18114 gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
18115 parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm);
18118 if (generic_decl_parm)
18119 generic_decl_parm = TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
18122 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18123 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18124 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18125 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18126 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18127 parameters at all. */
18128 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
18129 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
18131 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18132 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
18133 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18135 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
18136 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18139 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18140 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18141 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
18143 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18144 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18145 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18146 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18147 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18148 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18149 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18151 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18152 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18153 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18154 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18155 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18156 constructor function. */
18157 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
18159 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18160 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
18161 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
18163 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
18164 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
18166 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18167 if (current_function_has_inlines)
18169 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18170 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
18172 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18173 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
18178 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
18179 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18183 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
18186 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x)
18188 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18189 return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
18192 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18193 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
18196 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
18198 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18199 const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y;
18200 return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent;
18203 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18204 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
18207 gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
18211 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
18212 tree ultimate_origin;
18213 dw_die_ref var_die;
18214 dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
18215 dw_die_ref origin_die;
18216 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
18217 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
18219 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
18220 if (decl || ultimate_origin)
18221 origin = ultimate_origin;
18222 com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
18224 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
18225 of a data member. */
18228 dw_die_ref com_die;
18229 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
18230 die_node com_die_arg;
18232 var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
18235 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
18237 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2);
18242 /* Optimize the common case. */
18243 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18244 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18245 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18246 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
18248 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18249 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18251 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18253 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18254 remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18260 if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
18261 common_block_die_table
18262 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash,
18263 common_block_die_table_eq, NULL);
18265 com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18266 com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
18267 com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg);
18268 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18269 if (com_die == NULL)
18272 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
18275 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
18276 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
18279 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18280 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18281 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18282 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18284 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18285 add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18286 add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
18287 com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18288 slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT);
18289 *slot = (void *) com_die;
18291 else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
18293 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18294 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18295 remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18297 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
18298 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18299 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
18300 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18301 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18306 /* Optimize the common case. */
18307 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18308 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18309 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18310 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
18311 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18312 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18314 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18316 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18318 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18319 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18320 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18324 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18325 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18326 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
18327 inside functions, though. */
18328 if (old_die && declaration && !local_scope_p (context_die))
18331 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18332 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18333 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18334 if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
18335 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18337 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
18340 if (origin != NULL)
18341 origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
18343 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18344 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18346 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18347 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18350 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18352 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18353 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18354 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18356 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
18357 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
18359 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18360 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
18361 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
18363 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18364 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18366 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18367 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18369 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18370 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18375 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18377 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18378 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl))
18379 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18381 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18382 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18384 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18385 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18387 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18388 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18390 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18391 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18392 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18393 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18397 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18399 if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration))
18400 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18403 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
18404 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18405 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18407 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
18408 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18409 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
18410 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18411 to add it again. */
18412 && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
18414 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18415 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
18416 defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18418 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die,
18421 add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18424 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
18427 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18430 gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18432 dw_die_ref const_die;
18433 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18435 const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
18436 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
18437 add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die);
18438 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18439 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18440 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18441 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18442 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
18445 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18448 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18450 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18451 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
18453 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18455 if (origin != NULL)
18456 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
18458 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
18460 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18461 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
18464 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
18466 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18467 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18468 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18472 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
18474 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18475 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18476 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18477 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18478 it if it ever does happen. */
18479 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
18481 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
18482 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18487 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18488 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18489 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18492 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18494 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
18496 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18498 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
18499 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
18504 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18505 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18508 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18510 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18512 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
18513 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18517 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
18519 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18520 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18521 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
18524 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
18526 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
18529 add_ranges (chain);
18530 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
18537 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18538 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18539 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18540 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
18541 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18542 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
18546 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18549 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18551 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
18553 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18554 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
18556 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
18559 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18562 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18566 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18568 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
18570 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
18572 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18573 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18574 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18575 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18576 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
18578 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18580 dw_die_ref subr_die
18581 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
18583 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18584 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18585 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18586 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18588 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
18589 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
18593 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
18596 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18598 dw_die_ref decl_die;
18600 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
18603 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18604 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
18605 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
18606 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
18609 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
18611 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18612 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18613 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18616 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
18617 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18619 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18620 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18622 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18623 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18624 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18625 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18627 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
18628 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
18632 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18633 Use modified_type_die instead.
18634 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18635 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18638 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18641 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18643 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18644 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18645 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18648 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18649 Use modified_type_die instead.
18650 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18651 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18654 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18656 dw_die_ref ref_die, scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18658 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
18659 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, scope_die, type);
18661 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die, type);
18663 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
18664 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18665 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18669 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
18672 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18675 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
18676 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18678 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18679 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18680 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
18681 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18684 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
18687 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
18690 char producer[250];
18691 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
18694 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
18698 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
18699 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
18700 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
18701 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
18704 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
18706 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18707 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
18708 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
18709 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
18710 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
18711 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
18712 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
18713 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18714 strcat (producer, " -g");
18717 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
18719 language = DW_LANG_C89;
18720 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
18721 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
18722 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
18723 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
18724 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
18725 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
18726 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18728 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
18729 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
18730 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
18731 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
18732 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
18733 language = DW_LANG_Java;
18734 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
18735 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
18736 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
18737 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
18740 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
18744 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
18747 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
18749 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
18751 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
18752 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
18754 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
18755 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
18757 if (access == access_public_node)
18758 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
18759 else if (access == access_protected_node)
18760 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18763 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
18766 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18769 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
18772 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
18773 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
18774 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
18775 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
18776 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
18777 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
18778 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
18779 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
18780 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
18781 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
18782 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
18784 /* First output info about the base classes. */
18787 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
18791 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
18792 gen_inheritance_die (base,
18793 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
18794 : access_public_node), context_die);
18797 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
18798 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18800 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
18801 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
18802 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
18803 do put them in the right order. */
18805 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18807 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18809 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18812 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
18813 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18815 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
18816 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
18819 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18821 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18823 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18827 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
18828 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
18829 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
18832 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18833 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18835 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
18836 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
18838 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
18839 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18840 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
18841 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
18842 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
18844 if (type_die && ! complete)
18847 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
18848 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
18849 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
18852 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18854 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
18855 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
18857 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
18859 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
18860 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
18862 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
18864 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
18866 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
18869 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18871 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18872 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18873 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type))
18874 gen_generic_params_dies (type);
18876 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
18877 then give a list of members. */
18878 if (complete && !ns_decl)
18880 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
18881 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
18882 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18883 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
18884 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
18885 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
18887 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18888 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18889 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
18890 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
18892 push_decl_scope (type);
18893 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
18896 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
18897 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
18899 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
18901 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
18902 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18903 lookup_type_die (vtype));
18908 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18910 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
18911 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18912 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
18913 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
18916 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18917 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
18920 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
18923 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18925 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
18926 dw_die_ref subr_die
18927 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
18928 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18930 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
18931 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
18932 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
18933 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
18935 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
18936 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
18939 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
18942 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18944 dw_die_ref type_die;
18947 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
18950 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
18951 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
18952 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18953 if (origin != NULL)
18954 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
18959 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
18960 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
18962 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
18964 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
18965 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
18968 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18970 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18971 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18974 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18975 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
18977 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18978 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
18981 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
18984 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18985 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18988 struct array_descr_info info;
18990 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
18993 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
18994 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
18995 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
18996 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
18998 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19001 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
19002 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
19004 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
19005 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
19006 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
19007 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19008 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
19010 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19011 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
19015 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
19016 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
19017 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
19018 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info)
19019 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19021 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
19022 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19026 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
19027 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
19028 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
19029 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
19030 cloned type itself). */
19031 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
19032 type = type_main_variant (type);
19034 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19037 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
19043 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
19044 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
19045 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
19046 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
19047 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
19049 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19051 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
19052 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
19053 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19054 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19058 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
19059 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
19060 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
19061 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19063 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
19064 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19065 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19067 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
19069 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
19072 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
19073 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19074 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19075 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19076 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19080 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19081 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19082 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19083 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19087 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19091 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19094 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
19097 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
19098 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
19099 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
19100 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
19101 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
19102 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
19103 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
19104 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19105 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19106 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
19108 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
19110 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19113 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
19114 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19115 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19118 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
19119 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
19121 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
19122 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
19123 decls_for_scope. */
19124 context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19129 context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
19133 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
19135 /* This might have been written out by the call to
19136 declare_in_namespace. */
19137 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19138 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
19141 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
19146 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19147 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19148 when appropriate. */
19154 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
19157 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19161 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
19165 gcc_unreachable ();
19168 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19172 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19174 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19177 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19178 things which are local to the given block. */
19181 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19183 int must_output_die = 0;
19186 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19187 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19190 inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
19192 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19193 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19194 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19195 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
19199 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
19200 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
19205 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19208 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19209 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19210 must_output_die = 1;
19213 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19214 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19215 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19216 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19217 as being a "significant" one. */
19218 must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
19219 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
19220 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
19221 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19222 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
19223 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
19224 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19225 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19226 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
19227 must_output_die = 1;
19230 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19231 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19232 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19233 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19234 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19235 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19236 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19237 if (must_output_die)
19241 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19242 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19243 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19244 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19245 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19246 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19247 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19248 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19250 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19251 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19252 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19253 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19254 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19255 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19258 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19261 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
19264 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19265 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19267 process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19270 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19272 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19273 die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
19274 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
19275 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
19276 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
19280 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
19281 add_child_die (context_die, die);
19282 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19283 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
19284 stmt, context_die);
19286 gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19289 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19290 all of its sub-blocks. */
19293 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19299 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19300 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19303 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19304 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19305 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19306 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19307 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
19308 process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
19309 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
19310 process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
19313 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19314 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19317 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19318 therein) of this block. */
19319 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
19321 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
19322 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
19325 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19328 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
19330 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
19333 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
19334 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
19335 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
19336 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
19337 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
19338 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19344 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19346 static inline dw_die_ref
19347 get_context_die (tree context)
19351 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19352 if (TYPE_P (context))
19353 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context));
19355 return force_decl_die (context);
19357 return comp_unit_die;
19360 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19363 force_decl_die (tree decl)
19365 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19366 unsigned saved_external_flag;
19367 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
19368 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19371 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19373 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19377 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19379 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19380 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19381 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19382 declaration die. */
19383 save_fn = current_function_decl;
19384 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
19385 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19386 current_function_decl = save_fn;
19390 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19391 gen_decl_die() call. */
19392 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
19393 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
19394 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19395 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
19398 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19399 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19400 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19402 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19403 decl_die = comp_unit_die;
19407 gcc_unreachable ();
19410 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19412 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19413 gcc_assert (decl_die);
19419 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19420 always returned. */
19423 force_type_die (tree type)
19425 dw_die_ref type_die;
19427 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19430 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19432 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
19433 TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
19434 gcc_assert (type_die);
19439 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19440 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19443 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19445 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
19446 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
19447 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19448 /* Force out the namespace. */
19449 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
19451 return context_die;
19454 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19455 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19457 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19458 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19461 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19463 dw_die_ref ns_context;
19465 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19466 return context_die;
19468 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19469 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19470 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19471 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
19472 return context_die;
19474 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
19476 if (ns_context != context_die)
19480 if (DECL_P (thing))
19481 gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
19483 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
19485 return context_die;
19488 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19491 gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19493 dw_die_ref namespace_die;
19495 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19496 they are an alias of. */
19497 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
19499 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19500 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19501 namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
19502 ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
19503 context_die, decl);
19504 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19505 if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19507 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
19509 add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
19512 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19513 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19514 add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19515 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19519 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19521 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19522 dw_die_ref origin_die
19523 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19525 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
19526 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19527 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19528 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19529 namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
19530 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19531 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
19532 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19536 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
19539 gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19541 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19542 tree class_origin = NULL, ultimate_origin;
19544 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
19547 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
19553 if (!is_fortran ())
19555 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19556 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19560 /* Emit its type. */
19561 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19563 /* And its containing namespace. */
19564 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19566 gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
19569 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19570 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19571 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
19572 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19573 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19574 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
19575 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
19580 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19581 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
19582 if (current_function_decl != decl)
19583 /* This is only a declaration. */;
19586 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
19587 if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
19588 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
19589 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin)
19590 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19592 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19593 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
19594 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
19595 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
19596 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
19597 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19598 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19599 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
19600 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19602 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
19603 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
19606 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
19607 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19609 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
19610 have described its return type. */
19611 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
19613 /* And its virtual context. */
19614 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19615 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
19617 /* And its containing type. */
19619 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
19620 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
19621 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
19623 /* And its containing namespace. */
19624 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19627 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
19629 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19633 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19634 actual typedefs. */
19635 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19638 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
19639 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
19640 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
19641 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
19642 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
19643 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
19644 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
19645 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
19646 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
19648 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19651 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
19652 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19654 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
19655 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
19659 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
19660 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
19665 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19666 variable declarations or definitions. */
19667 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19670 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
19672 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
19673 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19675 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19677 /* And its containing type. */
19678 class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
19679 if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
19680 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
19682 /* And its containing namespace. */
19683 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
19685 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
19686 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
19687 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
19689 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
19690 if (ultimate_origin != NULL_TREE
19691 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin) == PARM_DECL)
19692 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19693 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19696 gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19700 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
19701 anonymous unions and structs. */
19702 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
19703 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
19704 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
19706 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
19707 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
19712 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
19713 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19715 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19716 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19717 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19721 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19722 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19723 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19724 gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
19728 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
19729 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
19734 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
19735 compilation proper has finished. */
19738 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
19740 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
19741 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
19742 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
19743 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
19744 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
19745 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19748 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
19749 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
19751 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
19754 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19757 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19758 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
19759 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
19760 that DECL belongs to.
19761 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
19763 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
19765 tree lexical_block,
19766 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
19768 expanded_location xloc;
19769 dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
19770 dw_die_ref at_import_die;
19772 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19774 xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
19775 decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
19779 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
19781 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
19783 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
19784 at_import_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19786 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19787 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
19788 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
19789 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
19790 if (!at_import_die)
19792 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
19793 gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
19794 at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19795 gcc_assert (at_import_die);
19800 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19801 if (!at_import_die)
19803 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19804 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
19805 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
19807 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
19809 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19810 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19811 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
19812 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19814 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
19815 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
19817 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
19821 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19823 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19824 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
19831 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
19835 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
19836 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
19838 add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
19839 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
19840 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
19843 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19844 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
19845 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
19846 importing whole module. */
19849 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
19852 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
19853 dw_die_ref scope_die;
19855 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19860 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
19861 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
19864 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
19865 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
19867 && TYPE_P (context)
19868 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19871 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19874 scope_die = get_context_die (context);
19878 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
19879 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
19880 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
19881 scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
19884 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
19885 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
19889 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19892 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
19894 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
19896 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19901 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19902 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
19903 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
19904 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
19905 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
19906 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
19907 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
19908 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
19909 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
19910 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
19911 with the definition of the function.
19913 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
19914 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
19915 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
19916 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
19917 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
19918 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
19919 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
19920 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
19921 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
19922 that they *are* definitions).
19924 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
19925 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
19926 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
19927 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
19928 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
19929 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
19932 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
19933 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
19934 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
19935 if (decl_function_context (decl)
19936 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
19937 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19938 context_die = NULL;
19942 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
19943 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
19944 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
19945 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
19946 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
19947 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
19948 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
19949 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
19950 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
19953 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
19954 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19955 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19957 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19958 variable declarations or definitions. */
19959 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19964 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19966 if (!is_fortran ())
19968 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19969 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19972 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19973 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19974 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19976 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
19981 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
19982 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
19985 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
19986 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
19987 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
19989 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
19990 comparisons have. */
19992 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
19993 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
19994 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
19999 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
20000 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20003 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
20004 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
20005 if (decl_function_context (decl))
20006 context_die = NULL;
20014 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
20017 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
20020 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl)
20022 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20024 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
20027 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
20028 a lexical block. */
20031 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20032 unsigned int blocknum)
20034 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20035 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
20038 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
20042 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
20044 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20045 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
20048 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
20049 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
20051 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
20052 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
20053 we may end up calling them anyway. */
20056 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
20061 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
20062 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20063 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20065 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
20067 decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
20068 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20069 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20076 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
20079 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
20081 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 =
20082 (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p;
20083 const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p;
20084 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
20088 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
20090 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p;
20091 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
20094 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
20095 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
20096 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
20097 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
20098 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
20099 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
20100 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
20101 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
20102 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
20105 static struct dwarf_file_data *
20106 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
20109 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
20111 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
20112 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
20113 if (file_table_last_lookup
20114 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
20115 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
20116 return file_table_last_lookup;
20118 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
20119 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
20120 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
20122 return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
20124 created = GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data);
20125 created->filename = file_name;
20126 created->emitted_number = 0;
20131 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20132 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20133 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
20134 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20135 types, which may include filenames. */
20138 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
20140 if (! fd->emitted_number)
20142 if (last_emitted_file)
20143 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
20145 fd->emitted_number = 1;
20146 last_emitted_file = fd;
20148 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20150 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
20151 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
20152 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
20153 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20157 return fd->emitted_number;
20160 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20161 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20162 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20165 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
20167 die_arg_entry entry;
20172 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20173 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20174 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32);
20178 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc,
20179 tmpl_value_parm_die_table,
20183 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20184 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20185 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20188 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20190 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20196 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e);
20198 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
20203 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20206 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
20212 die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
20216 dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
20220 attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
20223 struct indirect_string_node *node;
20225 node = find_AT_string (dname);
20226 /* replace the string. */
20227 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
20231 add_name_attribute (die, dname);
20234 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
20235 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
20236 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
20239 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ)
20242 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (targ);
20244 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
20248 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20249 e.poc_decl = current_function_decl;
20250 e.targ_die = force_decl_die (targ);
20251 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry, gc, dcall_table, &e);
20253 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20254 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20257 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
20260 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x)
20262 return (hashval_t) ((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid;
20265 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
20266 insnd_uid of *Y. */
20269 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
20271 return (((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid
20272 == ((const struct vcall_insn *) y)->insn_uid);
20275 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
20278 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot, int insn_uid)
20280 struct vcall_insn *item = GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn);
20281 struct vcall_insn **slot;
20284 item->insn_uid = insn_uid;
20285 item->vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20286 slot = (struct vcall_insn **)
20287 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, &item,
20288 (hashval_t) insn_uid, INSERT);
20292 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
20294 static unsigned int
20295 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid)
20297 struct vcall_insn item;
20298 struct vcall_insn *p;
20300 item.insn_uid = insn_uid;
20301 item.vtable_slot = 0;
20302 p = (struct vcall_insn *) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table,
20304 (hashval_t) insn_uid);
20306 return (unsigned int) -1;
20307 return p->vtable_slot;
20311 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
20312 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
20313 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20317 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr, int insn_uid)
20319 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr) == OBJ_TYPE_REF)
20321 tree token = OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr);
20322 if (TREE_CODE (token) == INTEGER_CST)
20323 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token), insn_uid);
20327 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
20328 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20332 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn)
20334 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn));
20336 if (vtable_slot != (unsigned int) -1)
20337 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot, INSN_UID (new_insn));
20340 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20341 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20342 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20343 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20344 lowering to RTL. */
20347 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid)
20349 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid);
20352 if (vtable_slot == (unsigned int) -1)
20355 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20356 e.vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20357 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry, gc, vcall_table, &e);
20359 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20360 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20363 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20364 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20365 our lookup table. */
20368 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
20370 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
20371 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
20373 static const char *last_label;
20374 static const char *last_postcall_label;
20375 static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
20378 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
20381 next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
20382 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20383 don't do anything. */
20384 if (next_real == NULL_RTX)
20387 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
20388 newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note);
20389 if (newloc == NULL)
20392 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20393 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. */
20394 if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
20395 || last_var_location_insn != next_real
20396 || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
20398 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20399 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20401 last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20402 last_postcall_label = NULL;
20404 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
20405 newloc->next = NULL;
20407 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20408 newloc->label = last_label;
20411 if (!last_postcall_label)
20413 sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
20414 last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20416 newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
20419 last_var_location_insn = next_real;
20420 last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
20423 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20424 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20425 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20426 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20429 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
20431 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
20432 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
20434 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20437 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20438 and record information relating to this source line, in
20439 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20442 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
20443 int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
20445 static bool last_is_stmt = true;
20447 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
20450 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20452 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20454 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20455 if (flag_debug_asm)
20456 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
20459 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20461 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20462 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line);
20463 if (is_stmt != last_is_stmt)
20465 fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0);
20466 last_is_stmt = is_stmt;
20468 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
20469 fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator);
20470 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20472 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
20473 line_info_table_in_use++;
20475 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
20477 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
20478 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
20479 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20480 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
20482 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20483 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
20484 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
20486 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20487 separate_line_info_table
20488 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry,
20489 separate_line_info_table,
20490 separate_line_info_table_allocated);
20491 memset (separate_line_info_table
20492 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
20494 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
20495 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
20498 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20500 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
20501 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20502 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20503 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
20507 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
20509 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20510 line_info_table_in_use);
20512 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20513 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
20515 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20517 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry, line_info_table,
20518 line_info_table_allocated);
20519 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
20520 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
20523 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20524 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
20525 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20526 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20531 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20534 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
20536 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20538 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20539 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
20541 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20542 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
20545 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20547 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20549 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20550 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
20551 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
20554 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
20558 /* Record the end of a source file. */
20561 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20563 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20564 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
20565 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20567 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20569 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20570 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
20574 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20575 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20576 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20579 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20580 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20582 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20584 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20585 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
20586 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20587 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20591 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20592 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20593 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20596 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20597 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20599 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20601 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20602 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
20603 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20604 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20608 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
20611 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20613 /* Allocate the file_table. */
20614 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
20615 file_table_eq, NULL);
20617 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
20618 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
20619 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
20621 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
20622 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
20623 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
20625 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
20626 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
20628 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
20629 abbrev_die_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20630 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20631 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20632 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
20634 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
20635 line_info_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20636 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20638 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20639 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
20641 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
20642 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20643 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20645 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
20646 vcall_insn_table = htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash,
20647 vcall_insn_table_eq, NULL);
20649 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
20650 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
20651 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
20652 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
20653 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
20654 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
20655 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
20657 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
20659 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
20661 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
20662 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20663 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
20664 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20665 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
20666 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20667 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
20668 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20669 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
20670 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20671 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
20672 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20673 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
20674 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20675 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
20676 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20677 debug_dcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION,
20678 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20679 debug_vcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION,
20680 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20681 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
20682 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
20683 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
20684 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20685 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
20686 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20688 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
20689 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
20690 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20691 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20692 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
20693 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20694 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
20696 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
20697 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20698 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
20699 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20700 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
20701 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20702 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
20703 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
20704 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
20705 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
20706 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
20707 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
20709 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20711 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20712 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
20713 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20714 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
20717 switch_to_section (text_section);
20718 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
20719 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
20721 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
20722 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
20723 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
20728 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
20729 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
20732 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
20734 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
20736 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
20737 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
20739 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
20743 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20744 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
20747 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20749 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
20751 if (node->label && node->refcount)
20753 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
20754 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
20755 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
20761 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20762 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
20765 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
20769 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
20770 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
20772 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20774 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
20775 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
20778 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
20784 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
20787 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
20788 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
20791 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
20796 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20798 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
20800 /* A reference to another DIE.
20801 Make sure that it will get emitted.
20802 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
20803 if (dwarf_version < 4
20804 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
20805 || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
20806 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
20808 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
20809 accounts properly for it. */
20810 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20811 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
20816 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
20817 to DIE's children. */
20820 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
20824 if (die->die_mark == 0)
20826 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
20829 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
20830 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
20831 if (die->die_parent)
20832 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
20834 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
20835 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20837 /* If this node is a specification,
20838 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
20839 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
20840 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
20843 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
20845 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
20846 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
20849 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
20850 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
20851 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
20852 for all type definitions. */
20853 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
20854 || (dwarf_version >= 4
20855 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
20856 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
20858 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20862 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
20863 and if so, mark them. */
20866 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
20870 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20873 switch (die->die_tag)
20875 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20876 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20877 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20880 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
20881 if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
20882 || die->die_definition != NULL)
20883 prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
20890 /* Mark children. */
20891 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
20894 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
20897 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
20901 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
20902 children have been marked as well. */
20903 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20906 switch (die->die_tag)
20908 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20909 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20910 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20911 if (die->die_perennial_p)
20914 for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
20915 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
20918 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
20919 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
20920 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
20921 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
20922 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
20924 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
20926 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20929 case DW_TAG_const_type:
20930 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
20931 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
20932 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
20933 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
20934 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
20935 case DW_TAG_typedef:
20936 case DW_TAG_array_type:
20937 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
20938 case DW_TAG_friend:
20939 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
20940 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
20941 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
20942 case DW_TAG_string_type:
20943 case DW_TAG_set_type:
20944 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
20945 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
20946 case DW_TAG_file_type:
20947 if (die->die_perennial_p)
20950 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20954 /* Mark everything else. */
20958 if (die->die_mark == 0)
20962 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
20963 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20968 /* Mark children. */
20969 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20972 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
20976 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
20981 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20982 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20984 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
20986 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
20987 twice in the hash table. */
20989 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
20992 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
20993 htab_hash_string (s->str),
20995 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
21001 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
21004 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
21008 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
21009 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
21011 if (! die->die_child)
21014 c = die->die_child;
21016 dw_die_ref prev = c;
21017 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
21018 if (c == die->die_child)
21020 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
21022 /* No marked children at all. */
21023 die->die_child = NULL;
21026 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
21027 die->die_child = prev;
21032 if (c != prev->die_sib)
21034 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
21035 } while (c != die->die_child);
21038 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21039 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
21040 decided to emit. */
21043 prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21045 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
21047 if (!node->label || !node->refcount)
21048 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h);
21053 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
21056 prune_unused_types (void)
21059 limbo_die_node *node;
21060 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21062 dcall_entry *dcall;
21064 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21065 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
21066 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
21067 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21068 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
21069 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21070 verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
21071 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21073 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
21074 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
21076 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
21077 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
21078 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21079 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
21080 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21082 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
21083 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
21086 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
21087 pubname_table or arange_table. */
21088 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
21089 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
21090 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
21091 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
21093 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
21094 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, dcall); i++)
21095 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall->targ_die, 1);
21097 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
21098 if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced)
21099 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL);
21100 else if (debug_str_hash)
21101 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
21102 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
21103 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21104 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
21105 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21106 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
21108 /* Leave the marks clear. */
21109 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
21110 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21111 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
21112 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21113 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
21116 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
21119 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
21121 bool *p = (bool *) param;
21122 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
21123 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
21131 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21134 htab_ct_hash (const void *of)
21137 const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of;
21139 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
21144 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
21146 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1;
21147 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2;
21149 return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
21150 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
21153 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21154 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21155 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21156 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21157 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21158 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21161 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
21163 unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21164 dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21166 gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == AT_linkage_name);
21170 dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21172 if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
21176 if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1)
21178 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21179 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage);
21183 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21184 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21185 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21188 resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21192 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
21194 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
21195 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
21196 tree tlen = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, len - 1);
21198 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
21199 rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
21200 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
21202 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
21203 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
21208 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
21209 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)
21210 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)) == VAR_DECL
21211 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
21214 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
21215 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL))
21221 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21222 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21223 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21226 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
21228 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
21229 if ((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
21230 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
21231 || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value
21232 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
21233 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL)))
21238 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21239 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21240 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21241 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21242 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21243 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21246 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
21250 dw_loc_list_ref *curr;
21253 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21254 switch (AT_class (a))
21256 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
21257 curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
21260 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
21262 dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21263 if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
21265 gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
21266 next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
21271 curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21273 if (!AT_loc_list (a))
21275 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21279 case dw_val_class_loc:
21280 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a)))
21282 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21286 case dw_val_class_addr:
21287 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
21288 && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL))
21290 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21298 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
21301 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21302 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
21305 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
21307 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
21308 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21309 htab_t comdat_type_table;
21310 dw_die_ref die = 0;
21313 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21315 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
21316 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
21317 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, remap_debug_filename (filename));
21318 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
21319 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21320 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
21323 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
21325 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21328 for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++)
21330 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21331 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
21332 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
21336 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
21337 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21338 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21339 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21341 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
21343 next_node = node->next;
21346 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
21348 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
21351 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
21352 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
21354 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
21355 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
21356 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21359 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21360 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21361 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
21362 with the return type of that nested function. Force
21363 this to be a child of the containing function.
21365 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21366 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
21367 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
21368 the function is likely unreachable too. */
21369 tree context = NULL_TREE;
21371 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
21373 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
21374 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21375 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
21376 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21378 gcc_assert (context
21379 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
21380 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
21382 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
21384 add_child_die (origin, die);
21386 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21391 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21393 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die);
21395 for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
21397 tree decl = node->created_for;
21398 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
21400 add_AT_string (node->die, AT_linkage_name,
21401 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
21402 move_linkage_attr (node->die);
21406 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
21408 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21409 emit full debugging info for them. */
21410 retry_incomplete_types ();
21412 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
21413 prune_unused_types ();
21415 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21416 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
21417 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21418 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
21420 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21421 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
21423 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die);
21425 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21426 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21428 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21430 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21431 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21432 references to the main compile unit). */
21433 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21434 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
21435 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die);
21437 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
21438 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
21439 referenced. Prune them. */
21440 prune_unused_types ();
21443 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
21444 that have children. */
21445 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
21446 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21447 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
21448 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21449 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
21451 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
21452 switch_to_section (text_section);
21453 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21454 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21456 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
21457 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21460 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
21462 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21463 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
21465 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
21466 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
21471 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
21472 bool range_list_added = false;
21474 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
21475 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
21476 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
21477 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
21478 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
21479 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
21480 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
21482 if (text_section_used)
21483 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, text_section_label,
21484 text_end_label, &range_list_added);
21485 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && cold_text_section_used)
21486 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, cold_text_section_label,
21487 cold_end_label, &range_list_added);
21489 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
21491 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
21493 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
21495 if (!fde->in_std_section)
21496 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21497 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
21498 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
21499 &range_list_added);
21500 if (!fde->cold_in_std_section)
21501 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21502 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
21503 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
21504 &range_list_added);
21506 else if (!fde->in_std_section)
21507 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
21508 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
21511 if (range_list_added)
21515 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
21516 if (have_location_lists)
21518 /* Output the location lists info. */
21519 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
21520 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
21521 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21522 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
21523 output_location_lists (die);
21526 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21527 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21528 debug_line_section_label);
21530 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21531 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
21533 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
21534 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
21535 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21536 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
21538 comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL);
21539 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21541 void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT);
21543 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
21544 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
21547 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
21548 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
21550 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21551 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21552 debug_line_section_label);
21554 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
21557 htab_delete (comdat_type_table);
21559 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
21560 has been emitted. */
21561 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
21563 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
21564 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
21565 output_abbrev_section ();
21567 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
21568 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
21570 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
21571 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
21574 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
21575 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
21576 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
21577 simply won't look for the section. */
21578 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
21580 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
21581 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
21584 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
21585 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry, dcall_table))
21587 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section);
21588 output_dcall_table ();
21590 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry, vcall_table))
21592 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section);
21593 output_vcall_table ();
21596 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
21597 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
21598 if (fde_table_in_use)
21600 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
21604 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
21605 if (ranges_table_in_use)
21607 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
21608 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
21612 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
21613 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
21614 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
21615 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
21616 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
21617 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
21618 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
21620 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
21621 output_line_info ();
21624 /* Have to end the macro section. */
21625 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21627 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21628 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
21631 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
21633 if (debug_str_hash)
21634 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
21638 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
21639 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
21643 0, /* assembly_start */
21646 0, /* start_source_file */
21647 0, /* end_source_file */
21648 0, /* begin_block */
21650 0, /* ignore_block */
21651 0, /* source_line */
21652 0, /* begin_prologue */
21653 0, /* end_prologue */
21654 0, /* end_epilogue */
21655 0, /* begin_function */
21656 0, /* end_function */
21657 0, /* function_decl */
21658 0, /* global_decl */
21660 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
21661 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
21662 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
21664 0, /* handle_pch */
21665 0, /* var_location */
21666 0, /* switch_text_section */
21667 0, /* direct_call */
21668 0, /* virtual_call_token */
21669 0, /* copy_call_info */
21670 0, /* virtual_call */
21672 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
21675 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21677 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"